ML16124A087: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 16: | Line 16: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | {{#Wiki_filter:Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM A Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Operation With High Switchyard JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Voltage Room JPM A (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
Operation With High Switchyard | |||
- Control Room JPM A (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
062 A2.08 (2.7/3.0) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* Plant is at 100% power. | |||
* Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | |||
* AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21. | |||
* You are the BOP. | |||
* D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO. | |||
* The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
* The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Task Standard: The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts. | |||
Required Materials: None General | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | |||
The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E | |||
-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-31 (Operation with High Switchyard Voltage), Rev 15 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Control Room Copy of AOP-31 marked up for this JPM to Step 21. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 21 This step is critical because inserting the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Step 22 This step is critical because placing the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Step 24 This step is critical because momentarily placing the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 27 This step is critical because depressing the THINK pushbutton and placing the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position is necessary to manually open Breaker 50/20. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows: | ||
ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN) | * ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN) | ||
IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E | * IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage) | ||
-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage) (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP) | * (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP) | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | ||
-5, 100% Power. 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | : 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | |||
: 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A | : 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A | ||
: 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned: | : 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned: | ||
C Charging Pump is RUNNING HVH-3 and HVH | * C Charging Pump is RUNNING | ||
-4 are RUNNING HVA-1B is RUNNING HVH-5B is OFF HVE-2B is OFF | * HVH-3 and HVH-4 are RUNNING | ||
* HVA-1B is RUNNING | |||
* HVH-5B is OFF | |||
* HVE-2B is OFF | |||
: 6. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | : 6. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | ||
: 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21. | : 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21. | ||
: 8. Stabilize the plant | : 8. Stabilize the plant. | ||
: 9. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
. | OR | ||
OR | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-600 (July, 2015). | ||
-600 (July, 2015). 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-411. 3. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | : 3. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | ||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E-2 Voltage - Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21). | |||
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately 506.5 volts. | ||
-2 Voltage | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21). | NOTE: Transferring the following safety related components will cause voltage to rise. This step is designed to protect components. | ||
STANDARD: | STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows: | ||
The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately | : a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B - Running in Manual | ||
NONE | ___ SAT (Step 22.a.) | ||
NONE | RNO: Go to Step 23 | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO. | |||
STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows: | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs A and B were in AUTO. | ||
: a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO. | ||
- Running in Manual (Step 22.a.) | COMMENTS: | ||
RNO: Go to Step 23 STANDARD: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO. | |||
If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs | |||
NONE | |||
If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: For conditions where it may not be possible to reduce emergency bus voltages below 505 volts AND running of the EDG is required to ensure that the EDG is operable, testing of the EDG may be performed with concurrence from the system engineer if the system engineer determines that such testing does not constitute a long term degradation risk. | ||
STEP 3: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | |||
STEP 3: Check EDG | : a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 23.a.) | ||
: a. Check Main Generator | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
- ON LINE (Step 23.a.) | The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that | ||
STANDARD: | ___ UNSAT the Main Generator is ON Line. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. | STEP 4: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | ||
: b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING (Step 23.b.) | |||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the B EDG Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that the B EDG is NOT running. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
: b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B | |||
- RUNNING (Step 23.b.) | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | |||
. | : b. RNO: Postpone EDG B testing while in the AOP. Go to Step | ||
: 24. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING ___ SAT (Step 23.b. RNO) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 24. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer. | |||
___ SAT | COMMENTS: | ||
___ UNSAT | STEP 6: Log the Time That Any of the Following Equipment Is OR Was Running Above 505 Volts. | ||
* INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR B | |||
* EDG B PRE-LUBE OIL PUMP ___ SAT | |||
* Fuel Oil Transfer Pump B (Step 24) | |||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that NONE of these components are ___ UNSAT running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: Inform operator that another operator will track the run times. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The B IAC is in AUTO and the B EDG is NOT RUNNING. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Check Load On Emergency Bus E HAS BEEN RAISED USING STEP 18. | ||
(Step 25) | |||
: | Go to Step 27 ___ SAT (Step 25 RNO) | ||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been raised based on information given in the Initial Cue. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This would have been completed in Step 18 of AOP-031, which was bypassed. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 8: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows: | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | : a. Check Charging Pump C - Running | ||
___ SAT (Step 27.a) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes the C Charging Pump Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF (Or equivalent) and concludes ___ UNSAT that Charging Pump C is running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows: | |||
___ UNSAT | : b. Verify CV RECIRC FANS - RUNNING | ||
- HVH-3 | |||
- | ___ SAT | ||
STANDARD: The operator | - HVH-4 (Step 27.b) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-3 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running. | |||
The operator observes the HVH-4 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-4 is running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 10: Check CONT RM AIR HANDLING HVA-1B - RUNNING (Step 27.c) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVA-1 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: Check CRDM COOLING FAN, HVH-5B - RUNNING (Step 27.d) | |||
The | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator the HVH-5B observes the Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-5B is NOT RUNNING, and proceeds to the RNO. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 12: Transfer CRDM COOLING FANS as follows: | ||
___ SAT | : 1. Start HVH-5B | ||
___ UNSAT | : 2. Stop HVH-5A (Step 27.d RNO) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVH-5B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator places the HVH-5A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.3 Volts. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 11 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 13: Check AUX BLDG EXH FAN, HVE-2B - RUNNING (Step 27.e) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVE-2B Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVE-2B is NOT running, and proceeds to the RNO. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: The operator | STEP 14: Transfer AUX BLDG EXH FANs as follows: | ||
- | : 1) Start HVE-2B | ||
NONE | : 2) Stop HVE-2A (Step 27.e RNO) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVE-2B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is ___ UNSAT OFF. | |||
The operator places the HVE-2A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.2 Volts. | ||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- | |||
: | |||
- | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: Check RHR - IN SERVICE. | |||
NONE | (Step 27. f) | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the plant is in Mode 1 and determines that RHR is NOT is IN SERVICE. The operator addresses the RNO and proceeds to Step 28. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
___ SAT | STEP 16: Check Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - GREATER THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 28) | ||
___ UNSAT | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes Bus E-2 Voltage on ERFIS to be greater than 505 Volts (506.2 volts). | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 13 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 17: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
: a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 29.a) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
: | STEP 18: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
- | : b. Check DSDG - RUNNING (Step 29.b) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes the | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the ___ UNSAT RNO. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of the DSDG, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that the DSDG was secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that the DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
STANDARD: | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 14 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 19: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
: b. RNO: Postpone DSDG testing while in this AOP. Go to Step 30. | |||
(Step 29.b RNO) | |||
STANDARD: The operator | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to step 30. | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If operator informs the CRS to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer. | |||
NONE | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 20: Check 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52 OPEN (Step 30) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52-19 Green status light is LIT and Red status light is OFF, and determines that BKR 52-19 IS OPEN. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates OPEN (TRIP) by GREEN light lit. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 15 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 21: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
: a. Insert the Synchroscope Key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch | |||
___ SAT (Step 31.a) | |||
STANDARD: The operator | STANDARD: The operator inserts the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES ___ UNSAT Synchroscope Key Switch. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 22: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
NONE | : b. Place the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position (Step 31.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch clockwise to the BUS 3 & 4 position. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 16 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 23: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | ||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
___ UNSAT STEP | : c. Verify the Synchroscope comes to approximately the 12 oclock position. | ||
- | (Step 31.c) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the Synchroscope is pointing to the 12 oclock position. | |||
STANDARD: The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 24: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | |||
NONE | : d. Momentarily place the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position. | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ SAT (Step 31.d) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator momentarily places the control switch for BKR 52/19 ___ UNSAT to the CLOSE position. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 17 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 25: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | ||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
: e. Check BKR 52/19 - CLOSED (Step 31.e) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/19 Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 26: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | |||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
: f. Check UNIT AUX TO 4 KV BUS 4 BKR, 52/20 - OPEN (Step 31.f) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path). The operator will address the RNO. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
- OPEN (Step 31.f) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path) | |||
. The operator will address the RNO. | |||
NONE | |||
BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so). | BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so). | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE COMMENTS: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 18 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 27: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
: f. RNO: Perform the following | |||
* Simultaneously depress the THINK pushbutton AND ___ SAT place the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN position. | |||
(Step 31.f RNO) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses the THINK pushbutton and places the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates OPEN (TRIP) with GREEN light lit. When this occurs Bus E-2 voltage will drop to 484.8 volts. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 19 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 28: Place the 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch to the mid position. | ||
(Step 31.g) | |||
STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch counter-clockwise to | |||
___ SAT the mid position. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | |||
-1 Voltage - LESS THAN | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-2 Voltage | STEP 29: Check the following: | ||
- LESS THAN | * Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS AND | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes that | * Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 32) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts. | ||
- | ___ UNSAT The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | ||
The operator observes that | EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 505 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | ||
-1 | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator observes that Bus E | Appendix C Page 20 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 30: Check Voltage as Follows: (Continuous Action Step) | ||
-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | * APP-036-E3, SUT PRI OVER/UNDER VOLTAGE - | ||
EXTINGUISHED AND | |||
When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E | * WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE - LESS THAN 119 KV ___ SAT AND | ||
-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | * Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS AND ___ UNSAT | ||
* Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS (Step 33) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-036-E3 is DARK. | ||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | The operator observes that WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE is 18.8 KV. | ||
The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts. | |||
The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 428: | Line 291: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* Plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | ||
Plant is at 100% power. | * AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21. | ||
Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E | * You are the BOP. | ||
-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | * D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO. | ||
AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step | * The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | ||
* The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The Load on Emergency Bus E | |||
-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP | |||
-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM B Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9) | 045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | |||
Actual Performance: | |||
X | |||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | ||
Initial Conditions: | Initial Conditions: The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | ||
The plant is stabilized at 37% power. Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: Monitor the plant and respond as required. | ||
Monitor the plant and respond as required. | Task Standard: The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical. | ||
Task Standard: | Required Materials: None General | ||
The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
APP-008 (SW, CW and Turb Gen Aux), Rev 67 AOP-006 (Turbine Eccentricity/Vibration), Rev 21 AOP-007 (Turbine Trip Below P-8), Rev 16 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of AOP-006. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handout 2: Blank copy of AOP-007. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 8 This step is critical because simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons is necessary to attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine. | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because depressing the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and the GV DOWN pushbutton is necessary to manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows: | ||
IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine) | * IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine) | ||
IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 | * IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 (High Main Turbine Vibration > 14 mils) on Event # 1. | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-9, 37% Power. | ||
-9, 37% Power. 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | : 4. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
: 4. Freeze the Simulator | OR | ||
: 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-601 (July, 2015). | |||
NOTE: | : 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_B. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Event 1 immediately after the operator takes the watch. | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch. | BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch. | ||
STEP 1: Observe APP | STEP 1: Observe APP-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm. | ||
-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm. STANDARD: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator The operator addresses APP-008-A8. | ||
The operator The operator addresses APP | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS. | ||
-008-A8. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 2: IF caused by High Rotor Eccentricity, THEN REFER TO AOP-006. | ||
The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS. | (APP-008 A8, Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF caused by Rotor Position OR Differential Expansion, THEN STOP raising Turbine Load OR slow cylinder heating rate. | ||
NONE | (APP-008 A8, Step 2) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and | STEP 4: IF caused by High Vibration, THEN: | ||
. | : 1) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 225°F for bearings TBFF (Thrust Bearing Front Face), TBRF (Thrust ___ SAT Bearing Rear Face), or bearings 7, 8 or 9 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. | ||
: 2) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 250°F on bearings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. ___ UNSAT | |||
: 3) REFER TO AOP-006. | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | (APP-008 A8, Step 3) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and addresses AOP-006. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-006, provide Handout 1. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: NOTIFY Plant Personnel Of Procedure Entry Using Plant Page System (AOP-006 Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator makes an announcement indicating entry into AOP-006 Turbine Eccentricity Vibration. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: IF asked, the SM has made the announcement. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may ask the SM to make the announcement. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 6: CHECK Turbine Speed LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 600 RPM (AOP-006 Step 2) | |||
OBSERVE NOTE prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. ___ SAT (AOP-006 Step 2 RNO) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes that Turbine Speed is 1800 RPM, and ___ UNSAT proceeds to RNO, THEN proceeds to Note prior to Step 5. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: ERFIS plot GD TURBINE contains turbine bearing metal temperatures. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: CHECK Conditions Allow Continued Turbine Operation: | ||
Bearing vibration levels on TURBINE GENERATOR SUPERVISORY RECORDER LESS THAN 14.0 MILS AND ___ SAT Bearings TBFF, TBRF, 7, 8 and 9 LESS THAN 225°F AND Bearings 1 through 6 LESS THAN 250°F (AOP-006 Step 5) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator observes that Turbine vibration is > 14 Mils, and proceeds to RNO. | |||
The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBINE on ERFIS. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: PERFORM one of the following: CRITICAL STEP IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is extinguished, THEN TRIP the reactor AND GO TO EOPE0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection. ___ SAT OR IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is illuminated, THEN PERFORM the following: | |||
TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing THINK and ___ UNSAT TURBINE TRIP push buttons. | |||
The operator | GO TO AOP007, Turbine Trip Below P8. | ||
- | (AOP-006 Step 5) | ||
When the operator locates AOP | STANDARD: The operator observes that the REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is LIT. | ||
- | The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN). | ||
The operator proceeds to AOP-007. | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-007, provide Handout 2. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: CHECK Turbine Trip: | ||
BOTH turbine stop valves CLOSED | |||
___ SAT OR ALL governor valves CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 1) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator determines that that both Turbine Stop Valves and all Turbine Governor valves are OPEN and proceeds to the Step 1 RNO (Alternate Path). | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons. | |||
___ SAT IF turbine will NOT trip, THEN RUNBACK turbine at maximum rate until Governor Valves are closed. | |||
(AOP-007 Step 1 RNO) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN). | |||
Appendix C Page | |||
Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons. | |||
IF turbine will NOT trip, | |||
The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT. | The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT. | ||
The operator depresses and holds the GV DOWN pushbutton until the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and releases. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: It is expected that the Steam Dump System will operate and the Control Rods will be driven inward in AUTO while this is occurring. | |||
The operator may conclude that the attempt to manually trip the Turbine has already been made, and failed in AOP-006, and move directly to runback the Turbine without attempting to trip the Turbine a 2nd time. If this attempt is not made, and the operator runs back the Turbine Governor valves, the critical nature of this Step is still satisfied. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: CHECK MSR PURGE And SHUTOFF VALVES CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 2) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the Purge Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1-6-1A, 2A, 1B, and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1-5-1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | |||
. The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT | |||
NONE | |||
One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 640: | Line 441: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | |||
INITIATING CUE: Monitor the plant and respond as required. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
Monitor the plant and respond as required. | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM C Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Restore PRT to Normal Operating JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Conditions Room JPM C (Alternate Path) | |||
Restore PRT to Normal Operating | |||
- Control Room JPM C (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | K/A | ||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1) | 007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * The plant is at 100% power. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM | * APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. | ||
) and Handout 1 | * The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. | ||
* PRT level is stable at 67%. | |||
The plant is at 100% | Initiating Cue: | ||
power. APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. PRT level is stable at 67% | * The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System. | ||
* All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete. | |||
The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP | Task Standard: The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103. | ||
-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System | Required Materials: None General | ||
Task Standard: | |||
The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC | |||
-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP | |||
-103. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OP-103 (Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System), Rev 21 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP-103 Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the briefing room. | |||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP | Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
-103 | Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
NO | Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
10 minutes | Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
-briefed in the briefing room. | Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103. | ||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-103. Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
-103. Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary | |||
-103. Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103. Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103. Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC | |||
-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP | |||
-103. | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows: | ||
IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN) | * IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN) | ||
IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over | * IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF) | ||
-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF) | To be inserted after RC-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step 12) | ||
To be inserted after RC | * $006_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doRCSAAO212D (Removes Over-Ride for RC-519B when RC-519C is OPEN) | ||
-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step | * $600_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doCNMAOO086J (Removes Over-Ride on RC-519A/B CIV Indication) | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | |||
-Ride for RC | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize. | ||
-519B when RC-519C is OPEN) | : 4. Drain PRT to 67% (Open RC-523 until PRT level 67% and Close RC-523. | ||
: 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: 103°F temperature, 67% level and 3 psig pressure. | |||
-Ride on RC | : 6. Stabilize the plant. | ||
-519A/B CIV Indication) | : 7. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | OR | ||
-5, 100% Power. | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-602 (July, 2015). | ||
: 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize | : 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: Booth Instructor verify that two additional overrides are available to be inserted at Step 11 of this JPM. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
-523. 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1. | |||
-602 (July, 2015). 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: | START TIME: | ||
NOTE: | |||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | PRT temperatures of greater than 120°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93-007) | ||
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Maximum cooling effect can be achieved by leaving the added Primary Water in the PRT for at least 10 minutes prior to draining. (SER 93-007) | ||
STEP 1: Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied: | |||
NOTE: PRT temperatures of greater than 120 | |||
°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93 | |||
-007) | |||
: a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete | : a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete | ||
: b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. | : b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. ___ SAT | ||
: c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress. | : c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress. | ||
(Step 8.2.2.1) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue). | ||
The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue) | EXAMINERS CUE: If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE | |||
: | |||
- Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Operating two Primary Water Pumps can cause inadvertent filling of the RCS if the RCS is depressurized and vented through a PORV when two Primary Water Pumps are operating. Water may makeup to the RCS via the PRT spargers if the PRT is filled faster than it can vent. | |||
STEP 2: Verify a Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.2) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | |||
___ SAT The operator observes the A and B Primary Water Pump Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and determines that neither PW Pump is RUNNING. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
CRITICAL | OR The operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The A Primary Water Pump is in AUTO, set-up for Auto Makeup. | |||
The operator may start either the A or the B Primary Water Pump. | |||
STANDARD: The operator places and | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Open RC-519C, PW TO PRT ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.3) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- | STEP 4: Open RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.4) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and HOLDS the RC-519A & B Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status lights are LIT and the Green status ___ SAT lights are OFF. | ||
: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Monitor PRT for rising level (Step 8.2.2.5) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. ___ UNSAT It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | ||
The normal PRT Level band is 70 | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-80%. | STEP 6: IF the expected rise in level does NOT occur, THEN stop filling AND investigate. | ||
-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | (Step 8.2.2.6) | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. | |||
It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 9 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: Increasing PRT level will cause PRT pressure to rise, possibly to the high pressure alarm setpoint of 5 psig. | ||
___ UNSAT | STEP 7: Recognize/report PRT Hi Pressure alarm (APP-003 C3) received. | ||
Monitors PRT pressure and reports value and that it is an expected alarm due to filling ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
: | The operator checks PRT pressure >5 psig due to filling, informs the ___ UNSAT CRS it is an expected alarm EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report EXAMINERS NOTE: This is an expected alarm as the procedure note states. It is not expected that the operator will address the alarm and/or condition until after filling is completed. If the operator does address this alarm, if it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: WHEN PRT level is between 70% and 80%, THEN perform the following: | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: a. Stop the Primary Water Pump | : a. Stop the Primary Water Pump | ||
: b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. | : b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.7a&b) | ||
STANDARD: If the A Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and ___ UNSAT observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
STANDARD: If the | The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to AUTO. | ||
The operator places the | OR If the B Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Close RC-519A & B CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the ___ SAT Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes that the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path - Mitigated in a later Step). ___ UNSAT The operator reports to the CRS that RC-519B has not fully CLOSED. | |||
STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC | EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC-519A & B to attempt to verify RC-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve EXAMINERS NOTE: A single Control Switch controls both valves BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. The operator observes that the RC | STEP 10: Close RC-519C CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7d) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: Insert the last two commands IAW 006_JPM_C File to remove over-rides once RC-519C is closed. | ||
-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
). The operator reports to the CRS that RC | |||
-519B has not fully CLOSED. | |||
As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC | |||
-519A & B to attempt to verify RC | |||
-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve | |||
A single Control Switch controls both valves | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | Appendix C Page 12 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF PRT level is greater than or equal to 83% OR PRT temperature is greater than 120°F, THEN lower the PRT level in accordance with the appropriate Section of this procedure, Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Greater Than Or Equal to 200°F OR ___ SAT Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Less Than 200°F. (Step 8.2.2.8) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes PRT level on LI-470 (or ERFIS) is <83% and ___ UNSAT PRT temperature on TI-471 (or ERFIS) is <120°F EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: IF RC-519A or RC-519B do NOT fully close, THEN relieve the hydraulic lock in accordance with the Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B Section of this procedure (Alternate Path - RC-519B Hydraulic Lock has previously occurred and is Mitigated Here). ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.9) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reviews the OP-103 Table Of Contents and determines that Section 8.4.1 is required, and proceeds to this section. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator addresses APP-003-C3 prior to addressing the hydraulic lock, when it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The RCS System Engineer WILL need to be NOTIFIED WHEN the following section is PERFORMED to relieve hydraulic lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes. | |||
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B: | |||
Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied: | |||
: a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. ___ SAT (Step 8.4.1.a) | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes. | |||
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC | |||
-519A AND RC | |||
-519B: | |||
: a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator observes the RC | ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT. | ||
The operator observes the RC | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT. | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: Verify the Post Accident Sampling System is NOT in operation. | ||
(Step 8.4.1.b) | |||
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: If asked about the status of this system, ask the operator what they would expect the status to be in the current plant condition. THEN, indicate that the ___ UNSAT system is as expected. | |||
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating | EXAMINERS NOTE: The PASS is ONLY operated under accident conditions, which do NOT exist. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 15: IF RC-519B is indicating in mid position, THEN cycle RC-519C, PW CRITICAL TO PRT ISO STEP (Step 8.4.2) | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ SAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS of the valve position change, acknowledge as the CRS. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 16: IF RC-519A is indicating in mid position, THEN perform the following: | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. | : a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. | ||
: b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | : b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | ||
: c. Open HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | : c. Open HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. ___ SAT | ||
: d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | : d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | ||
: e. Close HCV | : e. Close HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | ||
-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | : f. Close HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | ||
: f. Close HCV | : g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. ___ UNSAT (Step 8.4.1.3) | ||
-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with N/A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
: g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | NOTE: Power Panel 27 is located on the west side of the PASS panel. | ||
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3. | |||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub | (Step 8.4.1.4) | ||
-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC | |||
-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3. | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A | The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Inform the operator you will have another operator restore PRT pressure to normal EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C Examinees Name: | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 968: | Line 632: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. | ||
APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. PRT level is stable at 67% | * PRT level is stable at 67%. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System | * The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System. | ||
* All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM D Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Rod Room JPM D (Alternate Path) | |||
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control | |||
- Control Room JPM D (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | K/A | ||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4) | 001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure. | ||
* A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6. | |||
The plant is at 10 | * You are the OATC. | ||
-8 amps in the Intermediate Range | |||
-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6 | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3 | * The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. | ||
-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | * The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons. | ||
The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3 | Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
GP-003 (Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical), Rev 105 APP-004 (First Out Reactor Trips), Rev 18 EOP-E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), Rev 6 AOP-001 (Malfunction of Reactor Control System), Rev 33 AOP-016 (Excessive Primary Plant Leakage), Rev 23 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.4 of GP-003 marked up for this JPM to Step 8.4.6. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 12 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and maintaining plant parameters as required is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. | |||
Step 2 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 9 This step is critical because pressing both SI actuation pushbuttons is necessary to manually actuate SI. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows: | ||
IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate) | * IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate) | ||
-8 (Ejected Control Rod | * IMF SIS01B, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI B Fails to AUTO actuate O) | ||
* Event 1: $006_ROD_EJECT IMF CRF05A f:2000, H-8 (Ejected Control Rod) | |||
: 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-1, 10-8amps IR. | ||
: 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_D and allow time to stabilize. | |||
. | : 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator | : 5. Stabilize the plant. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
-603 (August, 2015). 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D | OR | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-603 (August, 2015). | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTE: | |||
NOTE: The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and: | The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and: | ||
- If MTC is negative, then SUR will be LOWERING | |||
- If MTC is positive, then SUR will be RISING | |||
- Onset of RCS temperature rise, Onset of PZR pressure rise, Onset PZR level rise. | |||
- Reduction in AUTO Charging Pump speed demand. | |||
-464B, Steam Header | - Rising indication of AUTO Steam Dump demand on PC-464B, Steam Header | ||
- Pressure, when Steam Dumps are being used for RCS Temperature Control. | |||
- Small rise in Steam Generator Steam flow. | |||
CAUTION | CAUTION | ||
The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited. | * Startup Rate shall not exceed 1.0 dpm. Maximum Reactor power is 5%. | ||
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. | * The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited. | ||
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive CRITICAL SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. STEP (Step 8.4.7). | |||
The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds. | ||
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod | |||
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and | ___ UNSAT Control Switch to the OUT position and adjusting Reactor Power to the Point of Adding Heat, Startup Rate does not exceed 1.0 dpm, Reactor Power does not exceed 5%. | ||
. | |||
The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached. | The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge. | |||
As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge. | EXAMINERS NOTE: A second Steam Dump valve will open when temperature starts to rise. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ADJUST control rods as necessary to achieve the following while CRITICAL continuing with this procedure: STEP RCS Tavg between 547°F and 551°F ___ SAT Reactor Power 3% to less than or equal to 5%. | |||
(Step 8.4.8). | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator places the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: A third Steam Dump valve will open when Reactor power is between 2-3%. | |||
APP-003-D4, TAVG-TREF DEV, may alarm while the operator is turning back power. | |||
When Reactor Power reaches 3%, Control Rod H-8 will be ejected from the core (Alternate Path) | |||
The following indications will be available to the operator: | The following indications will be available to the operator: | ||
Several RTGB Annunciators alarm Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H | * Several RTGB Annunciators alarm | ||
-8 is LIT | * Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H-8 is LIT | ||
* SUR is positive and rising | |||
* Neutron flux is rising | |||
* RCS pressure is lowering | |||
* Pzr level is lowering | |||
* Charging Pump speed is rising COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Diagnose LOCA and manually trip Rx STANDARD: The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually ___ SAT trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons. | ||
The operator proceeds to EOP-E-0. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016. | |||
The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons | The operator may manually trip the Reactor based on Attachment 3, Control Band and Trip Limit Guidance, of OMM-022, Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide. | ||
If the operator does not manually trip, an automatic reactor trip will occur. | |||
-E-0. | |||
NONE | |||
The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016. | |||
Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure. | Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: CHECK Reactor Trip: | |||
NONE | Reactor Trip AND Bypass Breakers OPEN Rod position indicators FULLY INSERTED Rod Bottom Lights ILLUMINATED ___ SAT Neutron Flux LOWERING (EOP-E-0 Step 1) | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Rx is tripped. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
___ SAT | STEP 5: CHECK Turbine Trip: | ||
___ UNSAT | Both Turbine Stop Valves CLOSED All MSR Purge AND Shutoff Valves CLOSED ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 2) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Turbine ___ UNSAT is tripped. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: CHECK Power To AC EMERGENCY BUSSES: | ||
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) | STEP 7: CHECK SI Status: | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized | |||
. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
CHECK if SI is actuated: | CHECK if SI is actuated: | ||
SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a) | SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED ___ SAT OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI annunciators are LIT, and proceeds. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step). | ||
If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step). | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: CHECK BOTH trains of SI actuated: | ||
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b) | |||
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b) | STANDARD: The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Green status lights ___ UNSAT are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | ||
. | The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | ||
The operator observes the | |||
B | |||
The operator proceeds to the RNO. | The operator proceeds to the RNO. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Manually ACTUATE SI by depressing BOTH SI pushbuttons. | ||
(EOP-E-0 Step 4.b RNO) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator presses BOTH SI pushbuttons. ___ SAT The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | |||
) | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator does not address EOP-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete. | ||
. The operator observes the | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator observes the | |||
NONE | |||
If the operator does not address EOP | |||
-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 1,182: | Line 793: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure. | ||
The plant is at 10 | * A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6. | ||
-8 amps in the Intermediate Range | * You are the OATC. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | INITIATING CUE: | ||
The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3 | * The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. | ||
-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP | * The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | ||
-003. The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM E Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2) | EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * A large break LOCA has occurred. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation. | ||
* RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm. | |||
A large break LOCA has occurred | Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation. | ||
Task Standard: The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN. | |||
-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation | Required Materials: None General | ||
The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation | |||
The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI | |||
-863A has failed to OPEN | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
EOP-ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation), Rev 0 EOP-ES-1.4 (Transfer to Long Term Recirculation), Rev 0 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4. | |||
Time Critical Task: YES - Siemens fuel Analysis for LBLOCA, ESR 99- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy-Back Mode) | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4. Time Critical Task: | Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 3 This step is critical because placing the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
YES - | Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy | Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy | Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
-Back Mode) | Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
Validation Time: | Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
11 minutes | Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN. | ||
-ES-1.4. Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI | Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI | |||
-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI | |||
-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows: | ||
IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI | * IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI-863A fails to OPEN) | ||
-863A fails to OPEN) | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation). | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize. | ||
-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation) | : 4. Perform the following: | ||
. | * Stop A Primary Water Pump and place in AUTO | ||
: 3. Place in RUN | * CLOSE FCV-114A and place in AUTO | ||
, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize | * Place Controller FCV-114A in AUTO | ||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036. | |||
Stop | : 6. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
-114A and place in AUTO Place Controller FCV | OR | ||
-114A in AUTO | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-604 (August, 2015). | ||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR | : 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036, and Freeze Simulator. | ||
-1 and APP | : 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-036. | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-604 (August, 2015). 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR | |||
-1 and APP | |||
-036, and Freeze Simulator. | |||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | |||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch. | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect. | NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect. | ||
STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES PERFORM the following: | STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR ___ SAT APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES | ||
___ UNSAT PERFORM the following: | |||
MONITOR RHR Pit indications. | MONITOR RHR Pit indications. | ||
IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit. | IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit. | ||
GO TO Step 3. | GO TO Step 3. | ||
(Step 1 and 1 RNO). | |||
). STANDARD: | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria. | The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria. | ||
The operator observes APP-001-D4 and D5 are extinguished, and that LI-615 A and B are both less than 24 inches; and determines that there is no RHR Pit leakage and proceeds to Step 3. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: DETERMINE Needed RHR Alignment: | |||
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE | |||
___ SAT OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. | |||
(Step 3 and 3 RNO.) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in PIGGY-BACK Mode and proceeds to the Caution prior to Step 5. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Steps 5 through 8 must be performed without delay to minimize the time without flow through the core. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | |||
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. | |||
.) | |||
The operator observes SI | |||
-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 3: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: STEP STOP ALL RHR Pumps (Step 5/5.a) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light ___ UNSAT is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the B RHR Pump Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RHR | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will likely read through Steps 5-8 ahead of time before performing actions. | ||
APP-001-A7, RHR HX LO FLOW, is an expected alarm. | |||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
TIME CRITICAL START TIME: ________ | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
CRITICAL | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL CLOSE RHR HX Discharge Valves STEP RHR759A RHR759B (Step 5/5.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the RHR-759A Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light | ||
___ UNSAT is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RHR-759B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- | |||
- | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL OPEN RHR Loop Recirc Valves STEP SI863A SI863B ___ SAT (Step 5/5.c) | |||
The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI | STANDARD: The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch to OPEN and | ||
-863A to OPEN. | ___ UNSAT observes that the Green status light remains LIT and the Red status light remains OFF (Alternate Path - mitigated in subsequent steps). | ||
The operator may place the SI | The operator places the SI-863B Control Switch to OPEN and observes that the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE. | EXAMINERS CUE: If operator reports the failure of SI-863A to OPEN, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI-863A to OPEN. | ||
NONE | The operator may place the SI-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Opening SI866A AND SI866B, Hot Leg Injection Valves, with only one SI pump running will result in SI Pump runout. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve STEP (Step 6/6.a) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI-866A Red status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF. | |||
OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve (Step 6/6.a) | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | STEP 7: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: STEP SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the SI-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light | ||
The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI | ___ UNSAT is OFF. | ||
-866A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator places the SI-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: | |||
SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) | |||
The operator places the SI | |||
-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. The operator places the SI | |||
-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started. | ||
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | |||
RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started. | CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED ___ SAT (Step 7/7.a) | ||
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | ||
CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED (Step 7/7.a) | ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator observes the | Appendix C Page 12 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | ||
- | CHECK SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve OPEN (Step 7/7.b) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and determines that SI-863A is CLOSED (Alternate Path), and proceeds to Step 7.b RNO. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator has previously attempted to OPEN this valve, and it failed to OPEN. This procedure will address the compensatory actions now. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 13 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: CRITICAL PERFORM the following: STEP CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve. | ||
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. ___ SAT CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
PERFORM the following: | |||
CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve. | |||
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
START RHR Pump B. | START RHR Pump B. | ||
GO TO Step 8. | GO TO Step 8. | ||
(Step 7/7.b RNO) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
) | |||
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator places the SI | The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator places the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator places the | The operator proceeds to Step 8. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 11: START One SI Pump STEP (Step 8) | ||
STANDARD: The operator places the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to ___ SAT START, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
TIME CRITICAL STOP TIME: ________ (Less than 6 Minutes) | |||
NONE | STEP 12: CHECK Indicated Flow On The Appropriate Flow Meters: | ||
NONE | PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow ___ SAT SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9) | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes FI-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm. | ||
The operator observes FI-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9) | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator observes FI | |||
-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm. The operator observes FI | |||
-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: The operator should be sure that cavitation is taking place prior to transitioning to steps that attempt to mitigate screen blockage. The actions taken are beyond design basis AND should NOT be taken unless warranted. Stable indication on FI605 may also be used as an aid in determining if cavitation is present in subsequent steps when RHR759A OR RHR759B AND RHR 744A OR RHR744B are open. | ||
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE PI602A PI602B ___ SAT (Step 10) | |||
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE | STANDARD: The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator observes PI-602B to be 160 psig. | ||
The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes PI | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-602B | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: DETERMINE If Flow Should Be Established To Cold Legs as follows: | ||
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, ___ SAT Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION | |||
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves SI863A AND SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valves RHR Pumps A AND B (Step 11a-d and 11.d RNO | ___ UNSAT CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE | ||
* FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW | |||
The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig. | * RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves | ||
The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started | * SI863A AND SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valves | ||
* RHR Pumps A AND B (Step 11a-d and 11.d RNO) | |||
The operator observes 0 gpm on FI | STANDARD: The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig. | ||
-605. The operator observes the RHR | The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started. | ||
-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes RHR discharge pressure to be steady at 150 psig (or equivalent), and determines that no RHR Pump cavitation is occurring. | ||
The operator observes the RHR | The operator observes 0 gpm on FI-605. | ||
-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the SI | The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the SI | The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator recognizes that SI-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16. | ||
The operator recognizes that SI | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16 | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: CHECK Time Since Hot Leg Recirculation Established GREATER THAN 16 HOURS WHEN 16 hours have elapsed, THEN GO TO Step 17. ___ SAT (Step 16 and 16 RNO) | ||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Another operator will continue with this procedure EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold | |||
. | |||
Another operator will continue with this procedure | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 1,505: | Line 1,001: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A large break LOCA has occurred. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation. | ||
A large break LOCA has occurred | * RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm. | ||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation. | |||
-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
. | |||
The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation | |||
. | |||
SIM JPM F | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM F Developed By: Date: | ||
Date: | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Date: | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Date: | Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task Title: | ==Title:== | ||
Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems | Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F K/A | ||
- Control Room JPM F | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
006 A4.02 (4.0/3.8) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
* SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | |||
* You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202. | |||
* Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1. | |||
Task Standard: The operator will refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits. | |||
Required Materials: None General | |||
==References:== | |||
OP-202 (Safety Injection and Containment Vessel Spray System), Rev 98 APP-002 (Engineering Safeguards), Rev 70 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
-002 | |||
- | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: OP-202, Section 5.2.1 marked up as follows: | |||
Step 5.2.1.1.a - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 1 - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 2 - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.c - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.d - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.e (1) and (2) - NAd Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the NORMAL position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Control power must be aligned to the valve to allow for RTGB operation). | |||
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the OPEN position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Open valve to align flowpath to SI Accumulator). | |||
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to the START position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Provides adequate flow and pressure to fill the SI Accumulator). | |||
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-851C control switch to the OPEN position, and then closing it within limits is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (align fill path to appropriate accumulator and to secure filling at desired level). | |||
Step 8 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to STOP and returning it to the MID position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (secure fill source and prevent operating on recirculation for an extended period). | |||
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the CLOSED position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (realign SI-869 to its normal Mode 1 alignment). | |||
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the DEFEAT position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (properly align SI-869 Control Power Defeat Switch as required for Mode 1). | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 5 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | |||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC | |||
-5, 100% Power. | |||
: 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows: | : 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows: | ||
OPEN SI-852C | * OPEN SI-852C | ||
-852C | * WHEN APP-002-B4, SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL, is LIT, CLOSE SI-852C | ||
: 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | * Check C SI Accumulator level at 64% | ||
. | : 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | ||
: 4. Freeze the Simulator | : 4. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
. | OR | ||
OR | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-605 (August, 2015). | ||
-605 (August, 2015). 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-411. 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEP 1: Check open SI-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b). | |||
STEP 1: Check open SI | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF. | ||
-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator C level. (ERFIS: QP ACCUM C) | ||
-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b). | The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP-002. | ||
STANDARD: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator | |||
The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP | |||
-002. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is in the CRITICAL NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in ___ SAT the NORMAL position and observes the Amber status light is LIT. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, ___ UNSAT report that all requested breakers are open. | |||
-869 is in the NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) | EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, report that all requested breakers are open. | NOTE Based upon the numerous indications available to the Dedicated Operator of an SI actuation at the RTGB and the immediate response to isolate the SI Accumulator flowpath, an LCO declaration for SI Pump OR SI Flowpath Operability is NOT required. | ||
Key switch for SI | |||
-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met. | The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation. | Appendix C Page 8 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF an SI actuation is received during filling, THEN IMMEDIATELY CLOSE the applicable SI Accumulator makeup valve AND PERFORM Step 5.2.1.2.m to restore the SI System lineup. (Step 5.2.1.d) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | ||
___ UNSAT The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | STEP 4: Open SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.e) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is ___ SAT OFF. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the SI | |||
-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | Appendix C Page 9 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Start an SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.f) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator will make an announcement regarding the pump start. | ||
___ SAT The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the START position and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Starting the A SI Pump will cause APP-002-C3, BIT HDR HI PRESS, to alarm (Expected). The operator may address the APP. | ||
The announcement of the Pump start is NOT critical BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE COMMENTS: | NOTE: If the cooling unit for the train of the SI pump started is NOT operable, the opposite train unit can be started by placing its AUTO/RUN switch on the power supply breaker to RUN. | ||
___ SAT | STEP 6: ENSURE at least one SI Pump Area Cooling unit (HVH-6A OR HVH-6B OR both) is operating. (Step 5.2.1.2.g) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator observes the HVH-6A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The HVH-6B Green status light is LIT. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 10 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The following are pressure and level limits/alarms for the SI Accumulators: | ||
* High Pressure Alarm 646 psig | |||
The operator places the | * Normal Operating Pressure 630 psig | ||
* High Level Alarm 75 percent | |||
* Low Level Alarm 67 percent CAUTION Filling the SI Accumulators can result in rapid indicated level changes due to the narrow span (approx. 14 inches) associated with the SI Accumulator level instruments and should be closely monitored. | |||
STEP 7: IF SI Accumulator C is to be filled, THEN perform the following: CRITICAL (Step 5.2.1.2.j) STEP | |||
- | : 1) Open SI-851C, MAKEUP. | ||
: 2) Monitor the level and pressure of SI Accumulator C. | |||
: 3) When desired level is obtained, then close SI-851C. ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and the Caution, and proceeds. | |||
The operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ UNSAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes LI-928 and PI-929 and LI-930 and PI-931 during filling. | |||
When the accumulator level is > 67% and < 75% and accumulator pressure is > 614 psig and < 646 psig, the operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
- | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-E4 will clear during the filling process. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 11 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Stop the operating SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.k) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the STOP position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red ___ SAT status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-C3 will clear when the A SI Pump is stopped. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 9: Verify both SI Pump Area Cooling units are OFF. (Step 5.2.1.2.l) | |||
: 2) | : 1) HVH-6A | ||
: 2) HVH-6B | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-6A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the HVH-6B Green status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 12 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 10: Close SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.m) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light LIT and the Red status ___ SAT light is OFF. | ||
- | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: In Mode 1, 2 OR 3 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the DEFEAT position. In Mode 5 OR 6 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the NORMAL position. In Mode 4 the position of the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is determined by GP-002 OR GP-007. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
. | |||
. | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 13 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 in the position CRITICAL determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
___ SAT The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NA ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
-869 in the position determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) | |||
The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF | |||
NA | |||
Key switch for SI | |||
-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 1,737: | Line 1,152: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202. | ||
SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP | * Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete. | ||
-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | INITIATING CUE: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1. | ||
You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-202. Safety Injection Pump | |||
-start checks are complete. | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM G Developed By: Date: | ||
INITIATING CUE: | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
-202, Section 5.2.1. | Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Date: | Task | ||
Date: | |||
Date: | |||
==Title:== | |||
Remove Source Range Channel N- JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control 31 From Service Room JPM G K/A | |||
Remove Source Range Channel N | |||
- | |||
- Control Room JPM G | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9) | 015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * SR Channel N-31 has just failed low. | ||
A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP | |||
-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical | |||
-31 has just failed low. | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N | * The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation. | ||
-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation | * The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02. | ||
Task Standard: The operator will remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16 | Required Materials: None General | ||
-02. Task Standard: | |||
The operator will remove SR Channel N | |||
-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OWP-011 (Nuclear Instrumentation), Rev 24 GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, Rev 105 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
OWP-011 | Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OWP-11. | ||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 6 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because removing NI-31 from ERFIS Scan is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the N32, N35 or N36 is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC-8, (47.25 hours tripped, Critical at 48 hours). | |||
: 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | |||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC | |||
-8, (47.25 hours tripped, Critical at 48 hours | |||
). | |||
: 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | |||
. | |||
: 3. Perform the following: | : 3. Perform the following: | ||
Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps Rod Bank Select Switch to M Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position | * Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB | ||
: 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW | * Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps | ||
* Rod Bank Select Switch to M | |||
* Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps | |||
-606 (August, 2015). 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | * Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position | ||
* Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position | |||
: 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW) | |||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms and stabilize the plant. | |||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
OR | |||
: 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-606 (August, 2015). | |||
: 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure | START TIME: | ||
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure. | |||
The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI | (OWP-011, NI-5, Steps 1-7). | ||
-5 must be addressed. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI-5 must be addressed. | ||
The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1 | The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial | ||
___ UNSAT Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1. | |||
-7. | Operator reviews Steps 2-7. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators. | ||
The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL REMOVE NI-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
REMOVE NI | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu) | ||
-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. | |||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu) | |||
The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu) | The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu) | ||
The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm) | ___ UNSAT The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm) | ||
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This can be checked on ERFIS as follows: | |||
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A | |||
NONE | |||
Select F3 (Master Menu) | Select F3 (Master Menu) | ||
Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu) | Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu) | ||
Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display) | Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display) | ||
Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL | Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 3: Complete Step 8: | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL - CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | |||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
NONE | |||
This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL START UP RATE CHANNEL SELECT Switch | |||
* STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | |||
___ SAT | STANDARD: The operator places the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the | ||
LEVEL TRIP Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | ___ SAT N32; records the selected instrument in the NI block position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
). STANDARD: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
The operator places the NI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Comparator and Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI | STEP 5: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL LEVEL TRIP Switch STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm. | ||
-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Complete Step 8: | ||
NIS TRIP BYPASS NI | NIS TRIP BYPASS NI-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the NI-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
). STANDARD: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
The operator observes the NI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI | STEP 7: Complete Step 8: | ||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI-5. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm. | ||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | ||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator places the NI | |||
-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI | |||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI | |||
-5. | |||
NONE | |||
The operator will acknowledge APP | |||
-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 1,921: | Line 1,278: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical. | |||
* SR Channel N-31 has just failed low. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
* The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation. | |||
* The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM H Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H K/A | |||
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM H | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
003 A4.03 (2.8/2.5) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg. | |||
* The A RCP is running. | |||
* It is intended to start the B RCP next. | |||
* Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump. | |||
* It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101. | |||
Task Standard: The operator will start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OP-101 (Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation), Rev 74 AD-OP-ALL-1000 (Conduct of Operations) Rev 4 AOP-018 (Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions), Rev 31 APP-001 (Miscellaneous NSSS), Rev 60 Technical Specification LCO 3.3.5 (Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation), Amendment 176 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.1 of OP-101 marked up through Step 8.1.1.2.y for this JPM. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the Briefing Room. | |||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the Bearing Lift Pump in the START position, and observing that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 6 This step is critical because after 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, placing the B RCP Control Switch to the START position is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 8 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 10 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows: | ||
IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL | * IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | * IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT | ||
-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT | * IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL | ||
* IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL | |||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT. | |||
-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y | : 3. Place in RUN execute Scenario File 006_JPM_H, and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | : 4. Place PCV-455A in manual and close "B" Loop Spray Valve (PCV-455A). | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant | : 5. Perform the actions of Section 8.1.1 of OP-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y. | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant. | |||
. | : 7. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
OR | OR | ||
NOTE: | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-607 (August, 2015). | ||
, 8 & 10. 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_H. | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Events 1-4 when contacted by the operator at JPM Steps 2, 8 & 10. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTES ITS LCO 3.3.5 allows bypassing Degraded Grid Protection when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1. | |||
NOTES | Conservative operating principles have determined that bypassing the Degraded Grid Protection will only be permitted when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1 OR Mode 2. (NCR 151422) | ||
Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422) | Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422) | ||
STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time. | STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time. | ||
). STANDARD: | (Step 8.1.1.2.z). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT The operator records the time in the block provided. | ||
The operator records the time in the block provided | |||
. | |||
The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered. | The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge report. | |||
As the CRS, acknowledge report. | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 2: IF degraded grid protection is in service, THEN DEFEAT the STEP degraded grid voltage protection as follows: | |||
NONE | * On the front of Bus E-1, Cubicle 18A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the DEFEAT position. ___ SAT | ||
* CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED. | |||
* On the front of Bus E-2, Cubicle 28A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the ___ UNSAT DEFEAT position. | |||
* CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED. | |||
(Step 8.1.1.2.aa). | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3. | |||
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm. | |||
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.1 has been completed When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.3 has been completed COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: Several starts / stops of the Bearing Oil Lift Pump may be required to prime the pump in a Motor where the Upper Reservoir has been drained and refilled. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: START the BRG LIFT PUMP AND CHECK the LIFT PRESSURE CRITICAL light ILLUMINATES. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.bb). | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator places the Bearing Lift Pump B Control Switch in the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the | |||
The operator reads the | ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator | The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT. | ||
The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator addresses the CRS/SM about AOP-018 because of APP-001-E2, as the SM indicate that the performance of the procedure can be deferred. | ||
- | EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-001-E2, RCP #1 SEAL LEAKOFF LO FLOW, alarms when the Bearing Oil Lift Pump is started. | ||
The operator | This is because the pump start causes the B RCP shaft to be lifted affecting the #1 Seal on the B RCP, which will affect the #1 Seal Leakoff flows on the other RCPs. | ||
- | The operator may address the APP, and may address AOP-018, Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions. If so, a NOTE on the Entry Conditions to AOP-018 states that IF RCP#1 Seal Leakoff flow is below 1 gpm due to plant conditions known to affect leakoff flow, the SM may defer procedure entry provided the #1 Seal Leakoff flow remains above 0.8 gpm. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator | Appendix C Page 8 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: IF RCP Oil Reservoir level annunciator is NOT EXTINGUISHED, THEN REFER to the appropriate Annunciator Procedure. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.cc). | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-001-E8, RCP B OIL RESERV HI/LO LVL, is EXTINGUISHED. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 5: NOTIFY RC that RCPs are to be started AND to monitor for changing radiological conditions. | |||
(Step 8.1.1.2.dd). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts RC and makes notification. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As RC Supervisor, Acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Only one Reactor Coolant Pump is to be started at a time. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR- | Appendix C Page 9 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: WHEN the Brg Lift Pump has operated for a minimum of 2 minutes, CRITICAL THEN START the Reactor Coolant Pump. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.ee). | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | ||
NONE | The operator will make a plant announcement prior to starting the RCP. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT After 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, the operator places the B RCP Control Switch to the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator will observe FI-424 at 118%. | |||
The operator will observe FI-425 at 118%. | |||
The operator will observe FI-426 at 117%. | |||
The operator will observe B RCP #1 Seal Leakoff on FR-154B to be 1.24 gpm. | |||
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR-444 to be 360 psig. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: WHEN a minimum of 50 seconds has elapsed since the Reactor Coolant Pump was started, THEN STOP the BRG LIFT PUMP. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.ff). | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the | |||
After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF | ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | CAUTION: Do NOT Restore the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection to NORMAL until the Amber indicating light is Extinguished. | ||
NONE | |||
NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL. | NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 8: IF E-1 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to STEP NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: | ||
* Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT | |||
Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E | * CHECK the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. | * PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT | ||
CHECK the amber E | * REMOVE key. | ||
-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | * IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | ||
PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. REMOVE key. IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E | * ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | ||
-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | |||
ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | |||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
CHECK annunciator APP | * CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E | (Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-7). | ||
-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6. | |||
The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1 | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written. | ||
-6. The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | ||
-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI | |||
-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.hh). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided. | |||
The operator records the time in the block provided | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: IF E-2 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to CRITICAL NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: STEP | ||
* Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT | |||
Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E | * CHECK the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. | * PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT | ||
CHECK the amber E | * REMOVE key. | ||
-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. REMOVE key. IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E | * IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | ||
-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | * ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | ||
ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | |||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
CHECK annunciator APP | * CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E | (Step 8.1.1.2.ii). | ||
-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. | ||
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | |||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1 | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written. | ||
-6. The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | ||
-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the | |||
NONE | |||
When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI | |||
-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. ___ SAT (Step 8.1.1.2.jj). | ||
STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided. | |||
The operator records the time in the block provided | ___ UNSAT The operator informs the CRS that the LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement may be able to be exited. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 2,208: | Line 1,476: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg. | |||
* The A RCP is running. | |||
* It is intended to start the B RCP next. | |||
* Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump. | |||
* It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM I Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 2 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Locally Establish AFW Flow from JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-the SDAFW Pump and Control S/G Plant JPM I Levels and Pressures K/A | |||
Locally Establish AFW Flow from | |||
- In-Plant JPM I K/A | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7) | EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power. | ||
* EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented. | |||
The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power | * Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%. | ||
* Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig | |||
* The SDAFW Pump has just been started. | |||
Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig The SDAFW Pump has just been started. Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-ECA-0.0. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
General | General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
EOP-ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power), Rev 4 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because throttling the SDAFW Pump Discharge Valves is necessary to control AFW flow to the Steam Generators IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP | Step 3 This step is critical because closing IA-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-ECA-0.0. Time Critical Task: | Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
NO | Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
7 minutes | Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-ECA-0.0. Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | |||
-ECA-0.0. Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN | Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | START TIME: | ||
-ECA-0.0. Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA | NOTE Flashlights AND ANY handtools needed are located with AOP/EOP/DSP Tool Kits. | ||
-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | |||
-ECA-0.0. | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | |||
NOTE | |||
The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis. | The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis. | ||
STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67% | CRITICAL STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge STEP Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67%. | ||
* AFWV214A S/G A ___ SAT | |||
The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | * AFWV214B S/G B | ||
* AFWV214C S/G C (Step 1) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow. | The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow. | ||
AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted) | AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted) | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed COMMENTS: | |||
After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable | |||
The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OBSERVE NOTE Prior To Step 10 AND GO TO Step 10 (Step 2) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 10. | |||
The operator proceeds to Step 10 | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NOTE IA297 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle at an elevation between the feed AND steam lines. | |||
NONE | CRITICAL STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS STEP (Step 10) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
___ SAT The operator rotates the IA-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS (Step 10) | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn) | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS: | ||
The operator rotates the IA | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction | |||
The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted | |||
Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN13 is located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator. | ||
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY CRITICAL (Step 11) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY (Step 11) | ___ SAT The operator rotates the SDN-13 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) | ||
The operator rotates the SDN | EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | ||
-13 handwheel in the counter | EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS: | ||
-clockwise direction | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | |||
Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | Appendix C Page 7 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN28 AND SDN29 are located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck. | ||
___ SAT | STEP 5: UNLOCK AND CLOSE SDN29, STEAM LINE PORV NITROGEN CRITICAL B/U TO IA TELLTALE DRAIN STEP (Step 12) | ||
___ UNSAT | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-29 handwheel in the ___ UNSAT clockwise direction. | |||
AS-FOUND: Locked OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn) | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-29 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 6: UNLOCK AND OPEN SDN28, NITROGEN BACKUP TO STEAM CRITICAL LINE PORVS STEP (Step 13) | |||
STANDARD: The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-28 handwheel in the ___ SAT counter-clockwise direction. | |||
AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-28 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: IA423 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck. | ||
STEP 7: UNLOCK AND OPEN IA423, NITROGEN TO STEAM LINE PORVS CRITICAL (Step 14) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
STEP | ___ SAT The operator unlocks and rotates the IA-423 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) | ||
The operator unlocks and rotates the | EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-423 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn. | ||
- | EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 8: NOTIFY The Control Room Of The Following: | |||
* S/G level is under control locally ___ SAT | |||
The | * The S/G Steam Line PORVs have N2 supplied for motive air (Step 15/15.a and b) | ||
Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck | STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and makes the ___ UNSAT notifications. | ||
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: When MCC5 is energized, the Control Room will feed S/G A AND S/G C. | |||
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67% | |||
S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and ___ UNSAT reports that the Attachment is complete. | |||
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | |||
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67% S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16) | |||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and reports that the Attachment is complete | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I Examinees Name: | ||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 2,384: | Line 1,605: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power. | |||
* EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented. | |||
* Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%. | |||
* Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig | |||
* The SDAFW Pump has just been started. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM J Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J K/A | |||
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- In-Plant JPM J | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4) | |||
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4) | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | ||
* AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | |||
IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | * The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled | ||
AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | * The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | ||
The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to perform AOP | * The CRS has directed you to perform AOP-017 Step 8. | ||
-017 Step 8. The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | * The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will start IA Compressors A and B and align their discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | ||
The operator will start IA Compressors | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-017. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
General | General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-017 (Loss of Instrument Air), Rev 43 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors A and B in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017. Time Critical Task: | Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors A and B discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | ||
NO | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors | |||
-017. Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter | Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors | Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | START TIME: | ||
NOTE IA3821 is located on IA Dryer D. | |||
Operator Aid 97OP35 to supply Station Air to Instrument Air is located in the Aux Bldg hallway on the Station Air Receiver. | |||
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following: | |||
NOTE | |||
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following: | |||
CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service: | CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service: | ||
SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a | SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN ___ SAT AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | The operator recognizes that SA-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO. | ||
The operator recognizes that SA | AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | ||
-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO. AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OPEN SA1 AND PLACE the Station Air Compressor Function switch to ON. | ||
IF the Station Air Compressor is still NOT available for service, THEN ___ SAT GO TO Step 8.d. | |||
(Step 8.a RNO) | |||
The operator recognizes that SA | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that SA-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d. | ||
-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d | AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | STEP 3: CHECK IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS OPEN (Step 8.d) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes IA-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step ___ SAT 8.d RNO. | |||
NONE | AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator observes IA | |||
-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step 8.d RNO. AS FOUND: | |||
IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: OPEN IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. | ||
(Step 8.d RNO) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA-18 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | |||
The operator rotates the IA | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | ||
-18 handwheel in the counter | EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn. | ||
-clockwise direction | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 5: CHECK the following Compressors RUNNING | |||
IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | * INST AIR COMP A | ||
* INST AIR COMP B ___ SAT (Step 8.e) | |||
After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn. | STANDARD: The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch. | ||
___ UNSAT The operator observes the IA Compressor B Control Switch. | |||
NONE | AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | ||
The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: START the following compressors: CRITICAL | ||
* INST AIR COMP A STEP | |||
INST AIR COMP A INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO) | * INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO) | ||
The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL. The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL. AS FOUND: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL. | ||
Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | ___ UNSAT The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL. | ||
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | |||
After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running | EXAMINERS CUE: After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 7: CHECK FCV1740, AIR DRYER HIGH DP FLOW CONTROL valve OPEN (Step 8.f) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes FCV-1740. | |||
The operator observes FCV | AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be verified opened indicate the position indicator is down indicating closed. | ||
-1740. AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
CLOSED (Cue as needed) | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: OPEN IA3665, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. CRITICAL (Step 8.f RNO) STEP STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter- ___ SAT clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn) | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 9: OPEN IA3821, INSTRUMENT AIR DRYER "D" BYPASS (Step 8.g) | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA-3821 be OPENED. ___ SAT AS FOUND: NA | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As the Outside AO, indicate that IA-3821 is OPEN. | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | EXAMINERS NOTE: IA-3821 is located on the D IA dryer. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter | |||
-clockwise direction | |||
CLOSED (Cue as needed) | |||
After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn) | |||
NONE | |||
The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA | |||
-3821 be OPENED. AS FOUND: | |||
As the Outside AO, indicate that IA | |||
-3821 is OPEN. | |||
IA-3821 is located on the | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 2,552: | Line 1,728: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | ||
IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | * The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled | ||
AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | * The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | ||
The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | INITIATING CUE: | ||
The CRS has directed you to perform AOP | * The CRS has directed you to perform AOP-017 Step 8. | ||
-017 Step 8 | * The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | ||
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | |||
NOTE: | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM K Developed By: Date: | ||
- In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Loss of North SW Header in the JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Auxiliary Building Plant JPM K K/A | |||
Loss of North SW Header in the | |||
- In-Plant JPM K | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5) | APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The plant is at 100% power. | ||
* The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | |||
The plant is at 100% power | * The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | ||
* The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | |||
-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | Task Standard: The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | ||
The leak is located upstream of SW | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP | |||
-022. Task Standard: | |||
The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
Laser pointer or flashlight General | Laser pointer or flashlight General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water), Rev 35 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Plant Drawing G-190199 (Service & Cooling Water Flow Diagram) Rev 72 Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | |||
Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water. | |||
Rev 72 | Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because closing either SW-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header. | ||
-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: | Step 2 This step is critical because closing SW-740 and SW-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header. | ||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022. Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1 | Step 4 This step is critical because placing Instrument Air Compressor B in OFF is necessary to prevent damage to the compressor. | ||
-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water | Step 7 This step is critical because cross-connecting the Booster Pump Suction is necessary to isolate the leak and align cooling water to critical loads (SW-25 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak, SW-26 and SW-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank). | ||
Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs). | |||
NO | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
14 minutes | |||
-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header | |||
-740 and SW | |||
-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header | |||
, SW-26 and SW | |||
-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment | |||
, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW | |||
-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank | |||
). Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs). | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress. | CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress. | ||
NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building. | NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building. | ||
STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building Hallway : | STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building CRITICAL Hallway : STEP | ||
SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X | * SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated) | ||
-Conn (Chain Operated) | OR | ||
OR | * SW-19, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated) | ||
-Conn (Chain Operated) | (Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls either the SW-18 or SW-19 chain operator to rotate valve handwheel in the clockwise direction, and observes the area for water. | |||
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Are Open EXAMINERS CUE: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | |||
Both Valves Are Open | The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2. | ||
The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | After locating and describing how either valve would be closed then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full clockwise and the pointer indicates Closed. | ||
The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2 | |||
IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES. | IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The valve handwheels face opposite directions. | |||
The valve handwheels face opposite directions. Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction. | Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction. | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE SW-102 is located overhead East of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support. | ||
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: CRITICAL STEP | |||
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: | * SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return | ||
SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2) | * SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2) | ||
The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction. | ||
-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction. | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Open (SW-740 Pointer Indicates POS 1 And SW-102 Stem Is Fully Withdrawn). | ||
AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how both valves would be closed, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW-740 pointer indicates Closed and the SW-102 stem is fully inserted. | ||
Both Valves Open (SW | EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support. | ||
-740 Pointer Indicates | SW-102 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
After locating and describing how both valves would be closed | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW | |||
-740 pointer indicates | |||
-102 stem is fully inserted. | |||
SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump | |||
COMMENTS: | Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Notify Control Room Personnel That Steps 1 And 2 of Attachment 6 Are Complete (Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports Steps 1 and 2 of Attachment 6 are complete. | ||
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS then acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 4: Place Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch In The OFF CRITICAL Position STEP (Step 4) | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch in OFF position | |||
___ SAT AS FOUND: IA Compressor B Control Switch is in AUTO EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the B IA compressor would be placed in OFF indicate the ___ UNSAT Control Sswitch has been rotated to the middle position OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Subsequent actions to cross-connect cooling water to plant components should not be performed if the leak will be reinitiated. | ||
- In | NOTE SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux Bldg, is located in Auxiliary Building hallway, midway between Instrument Air Dryers A and B, above third cable tray. | ||
AS FOUND: | STEP 5: Check leak location - Downstream of SW-53. | ||
NONE | (Step 5) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution and Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator observes the area for water and determines (After ___ SAT Cue) leak is NOT Downstream of SW-53 and goes to step 5 RNO which goes to Step 9 AS FOUND: NONE ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: WHEN asked for leak location, indicate the leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may refer to P&ID for Service Water or Operator Aid 03-OP-02 from AOP-022 book at IAO desk COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Check Leak Location - Upstream of SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pump (Step 9) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines the leak is upstream of SW-25. | |||
AS FOUND: NONE | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Leak location was provided in previous step. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE | |||
* SW Booster Pump B may be operated as required after the suction path is established from the South Service Water Header. | |||
* Closing SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank, also isolates SW to the Penetration Coolers. | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Cross-Connect SW Booster Pump Suction Supply As Follows: CRITICAL | |||
: a. Close SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pumps STEP | |||
: b. Open SW-26, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect | |||
Appendix C Page | : c. Open SW-27, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect | ||
- | : d. Close SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank | ||
: e. Open SW-200A, SWBP "A" TO IVSW Tank Supply (Step 10) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-25, and rotates the handwheel clockwise. | |||
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-26, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise. | |||
- | The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-27, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise. | ||
- | The operator rotates the SW-503 handwheel clockwise. | ||
The operator rotates the SW-200A handwheel counter-clockwise. | |||
The operator | AS FOUND: SW-25 & SW-503, OPEN SW-26, SW-27 & SW-200A, CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full counter-clockwise and the stem is fully withdrawn for the OPEN valves and rotated full clockwise with the stem fully inserted for the CLOSED valves SW-26 and 200A is located above the A SW Booster Pump. | ||
- | SW-503 is located above the vent duct above the B SW Booster Pump, and requires a ladder. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
-503 | |||
- In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Notify Control Room Personnel That Step 10 Is Complete And SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply SW Booster Pump B (Step 11) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports SW has been cross-connected to supply SW Booster Pump B. | |||
___ SAT | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NOTE | |||
* SW-83, Diesel Supply Cross-Connect, is located at the North end of Emergency Diesel Generator A. | |||
* Cross-connecting Service Water to the Emergency Diesel Generators will also cross-connect Service Water to HVH-6B, HVH-8B, and Instrument Air Compressor B. | |||
* A ladder is required for access to SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux BLDG. | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Cross-Connect Service Water Supply To EDGs AS Follows: CRITICAL STEP | ||
: a. Close SW-53 | |||
: b. Open SW-83 (Step 12) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | |||
There is a label identifying the location of SW-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B. | |||
: a. Close SW-53 b. Open SW-83 (Step 12) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter | |||
-clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: | |||
SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED | |||
After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW | |||
-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW | |||
-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter | |||
-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn. | |||
SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | |||
There is a label identifying the location of SW | |||
-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B. | |||
SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway). | SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway). | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: Notify Control Room Personnel That SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment: | ||
* EDG B | |||
-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment: | * Instrument Air Compressor B ___ SAT | ||
EDG B | * HVH-6B | ||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross | * HVH-8B (Step 13) | ||
-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 11: Notify Control Room Personnel That Attachment 6 Is Complete (Step 14) | ||
When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator | STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment ___ SAT 6 is complete AS FOUND: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge that Attachment 6 is complete EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment 6 is complete AS FOUND: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 2,804: | Line 1,898: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | ||
The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | * The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | ||
The Control Room has implemented AOP | INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | ||
-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | ||
The leak is located upstream of SW | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP | |||
-022. NOTE: | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM A Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Operation With High Switchyard JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Voltage Room JPM A (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
Operation With High Switchyard | |||
- Control Room JPM A (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
062 A2.08 (2.7/3.0) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* Plant is at 100% power. | |||
* Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | |||
* AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21. | |||
* You are the BOP. | |||
* D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO. | |||
* The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
* The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Task Standard: The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts. | |||
Required Materials: None General | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | |||
The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E | |||
-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-31 (Operation with High Switchyard Voltage), Rev 15 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Control Room Copy of AOP-31 marked up for this JPM to Step 21. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 21 This step is critical because inserting the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Step 22 This step is critical because placing the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Step 24 This step is critical because momentarily placing the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3). | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 27 This step is critical because depressing the THINK pushbutton and placing the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position is necessary to manually open Breaker 50/20. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows: | ||
ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN) | * ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN) | ||
IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E | * IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage) | ||
-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage) (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP) | * (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP) | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | ||
-5, 100% Power. 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | : 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | |||
: 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A | : 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A | ||
: 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned: | : 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned: | ||
C Charging Pump is RUNNING HVH-3 and HVH | * C Charging Pump is RUNNING | ||
-4 are RUNNING HVA-1B is RUNNING HVH-5B is OFF HVE-2B is OFF | * HVH-3 and HVH-4 are RUNNING | ||
* HVA-1B is RUNNING | |||
* HVH-5B is OFF | |||
* HVE-2B is OFF | |||
: 6. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | : 6. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | ||
: 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21. | : 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21. | ||
: 8. Stabilize the plant | : 8. Stabilize the plant. | ||
: 9. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
. | OR | ||
OR | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-600 (July, 2015). | ||
-600 (July, 2015). 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-411. 3. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | : 3. Call up QP E1E2 at the BOP Desk. | ||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E-2 Voltage - Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21). | |||
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately 506.5 volts. | ||
-2 Voltage | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21). | NOTE: Transferring the following safety related components will cause voltage to rise. This step is designed to protect components. | ||
STANDARD: | STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows: | ||
The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately | : a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B - Running in Manual | ||
NONE | ___ SAT (Step 22.a.) | ||
NONE | RNO: Go to Step 23 | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO. | |||
STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows: | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs A and B were in AUTO. | ||
: a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO. | ||
- Running in Manual (Step 22.a.) | COMMENTS: | ||
RNO: Go to Step 23 STANDARD: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO. | |||
If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs | |||
NONE | |||
If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: For conditions where it may not be possible to reduce emergency bus voltages below 505 volts AND running of the EDG is required to ensure that the EDG is operable, testing of the EDG may be performed with concurrence from the system engineer if the system engineer determines that such testing does not constitute a long term degradation risk. | ||
STEP 3: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | |||
STEP 3: Check EDG | : a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 23.a.) | ||
: a. Check Main Generator | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
- ON LINE (Step 23.a.) | The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that | ||
STANDARD: | ___ UNSAT the Main Generator is ON Line. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. | STEP 4: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | ||
: b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING (Step 23.b.) | |||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the B EDG Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that the B EDG is NOT running. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
: b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B | |||
- RUNNING (Step 23.b.) | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Check EDG B Status as Follows: | |||
. | : b. RNO: Postpone EDG B testing while in the AOP. Go to Step | ||
: 24. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING ___ SAT (Step 23.b. RNO) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 24. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer. | |||
___ SAT | COMMENTS: | ||
___ UNSAT | STEP 6: Log the Time That Any of the Following Equipment Is OR Was Running Above 505 Volts. | ||
* INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR B | |||
* EDG B PRE-LUBE OIL PUMP ___ SAT | |||
* Fuel Oil Transfer Pump B (Step 24) | |||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that NONE of these components are ___ UNSAT running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: Inform operator that another operator will track the run times. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The B IAC is in AUTO and the B EDG is NOT RUNNING. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Check Load On Emergency Bus E HAS BEEN RAISED USING STEP 18. | ||
(Step 25) | |||
: | Go to Step 27 ___ SAT (Step 25 RNO) | ||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been raised based on information given in the Initial Cue. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This would have been completed in Step 18 of AOP-031, which was bypassed. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 8: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows: | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | : a. Check Charging Pump C - Running | ||
___ SAT (Step 27.a) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes the C Charging Pump Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF (Or equivalent) and concludes ___ UNSAT that Charging Pump C is running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows: | |||
___ UNSAT | : b. Verify CV RECIRC FANS - RUNNING | ||
- HVH-3 | |||
- | ___ SAT | ||
STANDARD: The operator | - HVH-4 (Step 27.b) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-3 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running. | |||
The operator observes the HVH-4 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-4 is running. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 10: Check CONT RM AIR HANDLING HVA-1B - RUNNING (Step 27.c) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVA-1 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: Check CRDM COOLING FAN, HVH-5B - RUNNING (Step 27.d) | |||
The | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator the HVH-5B observes the Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-5B is NOT RUNNING, and proceeds to the RNO. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 12: Transfer CRDM COOLING FANS as follows: | ||
___ SAT | : 1. Start HVH-5B | ||
___ UNSAT | : 2. Stop HVH-5A (Step 27.d RNO) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVH-5B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator places the HVH-5A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.3 Volts. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 11 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 13: Check AUX BLDG EXH FAN, HVE-2B - RUNNING (Step 27.e) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVE-2B Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVE-2B is NOT running, and proceeds to the RNO. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STANDARD: The operator | STEP 14: Transfer AUX BLDG EXH FANs as follows: | ||
- | : 1) Start HVE-2B | ||
NONE | : 2) Stop HVE-2A (Step 27.e RNO) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVE-2B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is ___ UNSAT OFF. | |||
The operator places the HVE-2A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.2 Volts. | ||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- | |||
: | |||
- | |||
STANDARD: | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: Check RHR - IN SERVICE. | |||
NONE | (Step 27. f) | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the plant is in Mode 1 and determines that RHR is NOT is IN SERVICE. The operator addresses the RNO and proceeds to Step 28. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
___ SAT | STEP 16: Check Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - GREATER THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 28) | ||
___ UNSAT | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes Bus E-2 Voltage on ERFIS to be greater than 505 Volts (506.2 volts). | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 13 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 17: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
: a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 29.a) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
: | STEP 18: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
- | : b. Check DSDG - RUNNING (Step 29.b) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes the | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the ___ UNSAT RNO. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of the DSDG, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that the DSDG was secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that the DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
STANDARD: | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 14 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 19: Check DSDG Status As Follows: | ||
: b. RNO: Postpone DSDG testing while in this AOP. Go to Step 30. | |||
(Step 29.b RNO) | |||
STANDARD: The operator | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to step 30. | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If operator informs the CRS to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer. | |||
NONE | COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 20: Check 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52 OPEN (Step 30) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52-19 Green status light is LIT and Red status light is OFF, and determines that BKR 52-19 IS OPEN. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates OPEN (TRIP) by GREEN light lit. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 15 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 21: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
: a. Insert the Synchroscope Key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch | |||
___ SAT (Step 31.a) | |||
STANDARD: The operator | STANDARD: The operator inserts the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES ___ UNSAT Synchroscope Key Switch. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 22: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
NONE | : b. Place the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position (Step 31.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch clockwise to the BUS 3 & 4 position. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 16 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 23: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | ||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
___ UNSAT STEP | : c. Verify the Synchroscope comes to approximately the 12 oclock position. | ||
- | (Step 31.c) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the Synchroscope is pointing to the 12 oclock position. | |||
STANDARD: The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 24: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | |||
NONE | : d. Momentarily place the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position. | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ SAT (Step 31.d) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator momentarily places the control switch for BKR 52/19 ___ UNSAT to the CLOSE position. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 17 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 25: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | ||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
: e. Check BKR 52/19 - CLOSED (Step 31.e) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/19 Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 26: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows: | |||
STANDARD: The operator | |||
___ SAT | ___ SAT | ||
: f. Check UNIT AUX TO 4 KV BUS 4 BKR, 52/20 - OPEN (Step 31.f) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path). The operator will address the RNO. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
- OPEN (Step 31.f) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path) | |||
. The operator will address the RNO. | |||
NONE | |||
BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit. | |||
BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so). | BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so). | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE COMMENTS: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 18 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 27: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP | ||
: f. RNO: Perform the following | |||
* Simultaneously depress the THINK pushbutton AND ___ SAT place the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN position. | |||
(Step 31.f RNO) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses the THINK pushbutton and places the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates OPEN (TRIP) with GREEN light lit. When this occurs Bus E-2 voltage will drop to 484.8 volts. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 19 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 28: Place the 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch to the mid position. | ||
(Step 31.g) | |||
STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch counter-clockwise to | |||
___ SAT the mid position. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | |||
-1 Voltage - LESS THAN | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-2 Voltage | STEP 29: Check the following: | ||
- LESS THAN | * Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS AND | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes that | * Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 32) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts. | ||
- | ___ UNSAT The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | ||
The operator observes that | EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 505 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | ||
-1 | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator observes that Bus E | Appendix C Page 20 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 30: Check Voltage as Follows: (Continuous Action Step) | ||
-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | * APP-036-E3, SUT PRI OVER/UNDER VOLTAGE - | ||
EXTINGUISHED AND | |||
When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E | * WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE - LESS THAN 119 KV ___ SAT AND | ||
-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | * Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS AND ___ UNSAT | ||
* Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS (Step 33) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-036-E3 is DARK. | ||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | The operator observes that WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE is 18.8 KV. | ||
The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts. | |||
The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 3,229: | Line 2,185: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* Plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | ||
Plant is at 100% power. | * AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21. | ||
Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E | * You are the BOP. | ||
-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts. | * D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO. | ||
AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step | * The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | ||
* The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO. | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The Load on Emergency Bus E | |||
-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP | |||
-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts. | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM B Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9) | 045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | |||
Actual Performance: | |||
X | |||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | ||
Initial Conditions: | Initial Conditions: The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | ||
The plant is stabilized at 37% power. Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: Monitor the plant and respond as required. | ||
Monitor the plant and respond as required. | Task Standard: The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical. | ||
Task Standard: | Required Materials: None General | ||
The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
APP-008 (SW, CW and Turb Gen Aux), Rev 67 AOP-006 (Turbine Eccentricity/Vibration), Rev 21 AOP-007 (Turbine Trip Below P-8), Rev 16 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of AOP-006. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handout 2: Blank copy of AOP-007. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 8 This step is critical because simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons is necessary to attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine. | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because depressing the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and the GV DOWN pushbutton is necessary to manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows: | ||
IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine) | * IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine) | ||
IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 | * IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 (High Main Turbine Vibration > 14 mils) on Event # 1. | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-9, 37% Power. | ||
-9, 37% Power. 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | : 4. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
: 4. Freeze the Simulator | OR | ||
: 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-601 (July, 2015). | |||
NOTE: | : 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_B. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Event 1 immediately after the operator takes the watch. | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM). | |||
START TIME: | START TIME: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch. | BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch. | ||
STEP 1: Observe APP | STEP 1: Observe APP-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm. | ||
-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm. STANDARD: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator The operator addresses APP-008-A8. | ||
The operator The operator addresses APP | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS. | ||
-008-A8. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 2: IF caused by High Rotor Eccentricity, THEN REFER TO AOP-006. | ||
The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS. | (APP-008 A8, Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF caused by Rotor Position OR Differential Expansion, THEN STOP raising Turbine Load OR slow cylinder heating rate. | ||
NONE | (APP-008 A8, Step 2) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and | STEP 4: IF caused by High Vibration, THEN: | ||
. | : 1) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 225°F for bearings TBFF (Thrust Bearing Front Face), TBRF (Thrust ___ SAT Bearing Rear Face), or bearings 7, 8 or 9 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. | ||
: 2) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 250°F on bearings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. ___ UNSAT | |||
: 3) REFER TO AOP-006. | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | (APP-008 A8, Step 3) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and addresses AOP-006. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-006, provide Handout 1. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: NOTIFY Plant Personnel Of Procedure Entry Using Plant Page System (AOP-006 Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator makes an announcement indicating entry into AOP-006 Turbine Eccentricity Vibration. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: IF asked, the SM has made the announcement. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may ask the SM to make the announcement. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 6: CHECK Turbine Speed LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 600 RPM (AOP-006 Step 2) | |||
OBSERVE NOTE prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. ___ SAT (AOP-006 Step 2 RNO) | |||
STANDARD: The operator observes that Turbine Speed is 1800 RPM, and ___ UNSAT proceeds to RNO, THEN proceeds to Note prior to Step 5. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: ERFIS plot GD TURBINE contains turbine bearing metal temperatures. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: CHECK Conditions Allow Continued Turbine Operation: | ||
Bearing vibration levels on TURBINE GENERATOR SUPERVISORY RECORDER LESS THAN 14.0 MILS AND ___ SAT Bearings TBFF, TBRF, 7, 8 and 9 LESS THAN 225°F AND Bearings 1 through 6 LESS THAN 250°F (AOP-006 Step 5) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator observes that Turbine vibration is > 14 Mils, and proceeds to RNO. | |||
The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBINE on ERFIS. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: PERFORM one of the following: CRITICAL STEP IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is extinguished, THEN TRIP the reactor AND GO TO EOPE0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection. ___ SAT OR IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is illuminated, THEN PERFORM the following: | |||
TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing THINK and ___ UNSAT TURBINE TRIP push buttons. | |||
The operator | GO TO AOP007, Turbine Trip Below P8. | ||
- | (AOP-006 Step 5) | ||
When the operator locates AOP | STANDARD: The operator observes that the REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is LIT. | ||
- | The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN). | ||
The operator proceeds to AOP-007. | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-007, provide Handout 2. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: CHECK Turbine Trip: | ||
BOTH turbine stop valves CLOSED | |||
___ SAT OR ALL governor valves CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 1) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator determines that that both Turbine Stop Valves and all Turbine Governor valves are OPEN and proceeds to the Step 1 RNO (Alternate Path). | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons. | |||
___ SAT IF turbine will NOT trip, THEN RUNBACK turbine at maximum rate until Governor Valves are closed. | |||
(AOP-007 Step 1 RNO) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN). | |||
Appendix C Page | |||
Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons. | |||
IF turbine will NOT trip, | |||
The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT. | The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT. | ||
The operator depresses and holds the GV DOWN pushbutton until the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and releases. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: It is expected that the Steam Dump System will operate and the Control Rods will be driven inward in AUTO while this is occurring. | |||
The operator may conclude that the attempt to manually trip the Turbine has already been made, and failed in AOP-006, and move directly to runback the Turbine without attempting to trip the Turbine a 2nd time. If this attempt is not made, and the operator runs back the Turbine Governor valves, the critical nature of this Step is still satisfied. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: CHECK MSR PURGE And SHUTOFF VALVES CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 2) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the Purge Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1-6-1A, 2A, 1B, and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1-5-1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | |||
. The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT | |||
NONE | |||
One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 3,441: | Line 2,335: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | |||
INITIATING CUE: Monitor the plant and respond as required. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The plant is stabilized at 37% power. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
Monitor the plant and respond as required. | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM C Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Restore PRT to Normal Operating JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Conditions Room JPM C (Alternate Path) | |||
Restore PRT to Normal Operating | |||
- Control Room JPM C (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | K/A | ||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1) | 007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * The plant is at 100% power. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM | * APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. | ||
) and Handout 1 | * The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. | ||
* PRT level is stable at 67%. | |||
The plant is at 100% | Initiating Cue: | ||
power. APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. PRT level is stable at 67% | * The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System. | ||
* All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete. | |||
The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP | Task Standard: The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103. | ||
-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System | Required Materials: None General | ||
Task Standard: | |||
The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC | |||
-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP | |||
-103. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OP-103 (Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System), Rev 21 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP-103 Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the briefing room. | |||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP | Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
-103 | Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
NO | Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
10 minutes | Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103. | ||
-briefed in the briefing room. | Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103. | ||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-103. Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
-103. Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary | |||
-103. Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103. Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC | |||
-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP | |||
-103. Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC | |||
-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP | |||
-103. | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows: | ||
IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN) | * IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN) | ||
IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over | * IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF) | ||
-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF) | To be inserted after RC-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step 12) | ||
To be inserted after RC | * $006_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doRCSAAO212D (Removes Over-Ride for RC-519B when RC-519C is OPEN) | ||
-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step | * $600_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doCNMAOO086J (Removes Over-Ride on RC-519A/B CIV Indication) | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | |||
-Ride for RC | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize. | ||
-519B when RC-519C is OPEN) | : 4. Drain PRT to 67% (Open RC-523 until PRT level 67% and Close RC-523. | ||
: 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: 103°F temperature, 67% level and 3 psig pressure. | |||
-Ride on RC | : 6. Stabilize the plant. | ||
-519A/B CIV Indication) | : 7. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | OR | ||
-5, 100% Power. | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-602 (July, 2015). | ||
: 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize | : 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: Booth Instructor verify that two additional overrides are available to be inserted at Step 11 of this JPM. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
-523. 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1. | |||
-602 (July, 2015). 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: | START TIME: | ||
NOTE: | |||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | PRT temperatures of greater than 120°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93-007) | ||
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Maximum cooling effect can be achieved by leaving the added Primary Water in the PRT for at least 10 minutes prior to draining. (SER 93-007) | ||
STEP 1: Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied: | |||
NOTE: PRT temperatures of greater than 120 | |||
°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93 | |||
-007) | |||
: a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete | : a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete | ||
: b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. | : b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. ___ SAT | ||
: c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress. | : c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress. | ||
(Step 8.2.2.1) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue). | ||
The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue) | EXAMINERS CUE: If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE | |||
: | |||
- Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Operating two Primary Water Pumps can cause inadvertent filling of the RCS if the RCS is depressurized and vented through a PORV when two Primary Water Pumps are operating. Water may makeup to the RCS via the PRT spargers if the PRT is filled faster than it can vent. | |||
STEP 2: Verify a Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.2) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | |||
___ SAT The operator observes the A and B Primary Water Pump Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and determines that neither PW Pump is RUNNING. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
CRITICAL | OR The operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The A Primary Water Pump is in AUTO, set-up for Auto Makeup. | |||
The operator may start either the A or the B Primary Water Pump. | |||
STANDARD: The operator places and | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Open RC-519C, PW TO PRT ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.3) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- | STEP 4: Open RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.4) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and HOLDS the RC-519A & B Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status lights are LIT and the Green status ___ SAT lights are OFF. | ||
: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Monitor PRT for rising level (Step 8.2.2.5) | |||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. ___ UNSAT It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | ||
The normal PRT Level band is 70 | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-80%. | STEP 6: IF the expected rise in level does NOT occur, THEN stop filling AND investigate. | ||
-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | (Step 8.2.2.6) | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. | |||
It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
___ SAT | Appendix C Page 9 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: Increasing PRT level will cause PRT pressure to rise, possibly to the high pressure alarm setpoint of 5 psig. | ||
___ UNSAT | STEP 7: Recognize/report PRT Hi Pressure alarm (APP-003 C3) received. | ||
Monitors PRT pressure and reports value and that it is an expected alarm due to filling ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
: | The operator checks PRT pressure >5 psig due to filling, informs the ___ UNSAT CRS it is an expected alarm EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report EXAMINERS NOTE: This is an expected alarm as the procedure note states. It is not expected that the operator will address the alarm and/or condition until after filling is completed. If the operator does address this alarm, if it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: WHEN PRT level is between 70% and 80%, THEN perform the following: | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: a. Stop the Primary Water Pump | : a. Stop the Primary Water Pump | ||
: b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. | : b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.7a&b) | ||
STANDARD: If the A Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and ___ UNSAT observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
STANDARD: If the | The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to AUTO. | ||
The operator places the | OR If the B Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Close RC-519A & B CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the ___ SAT Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes that the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path - Mitigated in a later Step). ___ UNSAT The operator reports to the CRS that RC-519B has not fully CLOSED. | |||
STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC | EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC-519A & B to attempt to verify RC-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve EXAMINERS NOTE: A single Control Switch controls both valves BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. The operator observes that the RC | STEP 10: Close RC-519C CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7d) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: Insert the last two commands IAW 006_JPM_C File to remove over-rides once RC-519C is closed. | ||
-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
). The operator reports to the CRS that RC | |||
-519B has not fully CLOSED. | |||
As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC | |||
-519A & B to attempt to verify RC | |||
-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve | |||
A single Control Switch controls both valves | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | Appendix C Page 12 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF PRT level is greater than or equal to 83% OR PRT temperature is greater than 120°F, THEN lower the PRT level in accordance with the appropriate Section of this procedure, Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Greater Than Or Equal to 200°F OR ___ SAT Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Less Than 200°F. (Step 8.2.2.8) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes PRT level on LI-470 (or ERFIS) is <83% and ___ UNSAT PRT temperature on TI-471 (or ERFIS) is <120°F EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 12: IF RC-519A or RC-519B do NOT fully close, THEN relieve the hydraulic lock in accordance with the Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B Section of this procedure (Alternate Path - RC-519B Hydraulic Lock has previously occurred and is Mitigated Here). ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.9) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reviews the OP-103 Table Of Contents and determines that Section 8.4.1 is required, and proceeds to this section. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator addresses APP-003-C3 prior to addressing the hydraulic lock, when it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The RCS System Engineer WILL need to be NOTIFIED WHEN the following section is PERFORMED to relieve hydraulic lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes. | |||
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B: | |||
Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied: | |||
: a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. ___ SAT (Step 8.4.1.a) | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes. | |||
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC | |||
-519A AND RC | |||
-519B: | |||
: a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator observes the RC | ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT. | ||
The operator observes the RC | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT. | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS. | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: Verify the Post Accident Sampling System is NOT in operation. | ||
(Step 8.4.1.b) | |||
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: If asked about the status of this system, ask the operator what they would expect the status to be in the current plant condition. THEN, indicate that the ___ UNSAT system is as expected. | |||
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating | EXAMINERS NOTE: The PASS is ONLY operated under accident conditions, which do NOT exist. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 15: IF RC-519B is indicating in mid position, THEN cycle RC-519C, PW CRITICAL TO PRT ISO STEP (Step 8.4.2) | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ SAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS of the valve position change, acknowledge as the CRS. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 16: IF RC-519A is indicating in mid position, THEN perform the following: | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. | : a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. | ||
: b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | : b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | ||
: c. Open HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | : c. Open HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. ___ SAT | ||
: d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | : d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | ||
: e. Close HCV | : e. Close HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | ||
-4176, CDT ISOLATION. | : f. Close HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | ||
: f. Close HCV | : g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. ___ UNSAT (Step 8.4.1.3) | ||
-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION. | STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with N/A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
: g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. | NOTE: Power Panel 27 is located on the west side of the PASS panel. | ||
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3. | |||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub | (Step 8.4.1.4) | ||
-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC | |||
-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3. | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A | The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Inform the operator you will have another operator restore PRT pressure to normal EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C Examinees Name: | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 3,769: | Line 2,526: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. | ||
APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed. The cause of the low level is known leakage from the PRT to the RCDT. PRT level is stable at 67% | * PRT level is stable at 67%. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System | * The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System. | ||
* All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM D Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Rod Room JPM D (Alternate Path) | |||
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control | |||
- Control Room JPM D (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | K/A | ||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4) | 001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure. | ||
* A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6. | |||
The plant is at 10 | * You are the OATC. | ||
-8 amps in the Intermediate Range | |||
-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6 | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3 | * The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. | ||
-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | * The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons. | ||
The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3 | Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
GP-003 (Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical), Rev 105 APP-004 (First Out Reactor Trips), Rev 18 EOP-E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), Rev 6 AOP-001 (Malfunction of Reactor Control System), Rev 33 AOP-016 (Excessive Primary Plant Leakage), Rev 23 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.4 of GP-003 marked up for this JPM to Step 8.4.6. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 12 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and maintaining plant parameters as required is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. | |||
Step 2 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. | |||
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 9 This step is critical because pressing both SI actuation pushbuttons is necessary to manually actuate SI. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows: | ||
IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate) | * IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate) | ||
-8 (Ejected Control Rod | * IMF SIS01B, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI B Fails to AUTO actuate O) | ||
* Event 1: $006_ROD_EJECT IMF CRF05A f:2000, H-8 (Ejected Control Rod) | |||
: 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-1, 10-8amps IR. | ||
: 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_D and allow time to stabilize. | |||
. | : 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator | : 5. Stabilize the plant. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
-603 (August, 2015). 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D | OR | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-603 (August, 2015). | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTE: | |||
NOTE: The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and: | The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and: | ||
- If MTC is negative, then SUR will be LOWERING | |||
- If MTC is positive, then SUR will be RISING | |||
- Onset of RCS temperature rise, Onset of PZR pressure rise, Onset PZR level rise. | |||
- Reduction in AUTO Charging Pump speed demand. | |||
-464B, Steam Header | - Rising indication of AUTO Steam Dump demand on PC-464B, Steam Header | ||
- Pressure, when Steam Dumps are being used for RCS Temperature Control. | |||
- Small rise in Steam Generator Steam flow. | |||
CAUTION | CAUTION | ||
The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited. | * Startup Rate shall not exceed 1.0 dpm. Maximum Reactor power is 5%. | ||
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. | * The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited. | ||
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive CRITICAL SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. STEP (Step 8.4.7). | |||
The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds. | ||
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod | |||
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and | ___ UNSAT Control Switch to the OUT position and adjusting Reactor Power to the Point of Adding Heat, Startup Rate does not exceed 1.0 dpm, Reactor Power does not exceed 5%. | ||
. | |||
The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached. | The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge. | |||
As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge. | EXAMINERS NOTE: A second Steam Dump valve will open when temperature starts to rise. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ADJUST control rods as necessary to achieve the following while CRITICAL continuing with this procedure: STEP RCS Tavg between 547°F and 551°F ___ SAT Reactor Power 3% to less than or equal to 5%. | |||
(Step 8.4.8). | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator places the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: A third Steam Dump valve will open when Reactor power is between 2-3%. | |||
APP-003-D4, TAVG-TREF DEV, may alarm while the operator is turning back power. | |||
When Reactor Power reaches 3%, Control Rod H-8 will be ejected from the core (Alternate Path) | |||
The following indications will be available to the operator: | The following indications will be available to the operator: | ||
Several RTGB Annunciators alarm Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H | * Several RTGB Annunciators alarm | ||
-8 is LIT | * Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H-8 is LIT | ||
* SUR is positive and rising | |||
* Neutron flux is rising | |||
* RCS pressure is lowering | |||
* Pzr level is lowering | |||
* Charging Pump speed is rising COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Diagnose LOCA and manually trip Rx STANDARD: The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually ___ SAT trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons. | ||
The operator proceeds to EOP-E-0. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016. | |||
The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons | The operator may manually trip the Reactor based on Attachment 3, Control Band and Trip Limit Guidance, of OMM-022, Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide. | ||
If the operator does not manually trip, an automatic reactor trip will occur. | |||
-E-0. | |||
NONE | |||
The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016. | |||
Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure. | Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: CHECK Reactor Trip: | |||
NONE | Reactor Trip AND Bypass Breakers OPEN Rod position indicators FULLY INSERTED Rod Bottom Lights ILLUMINATED ___ SAT Neutron Flux LOWERING (EOP-E-0 Step 1) | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Rx is tripped. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
___ SAT | STEP 5: CHECK Turbine Trip: | ||
___ UNSAT | Both Turbine Stop Valves CLOSED All MSR Purge AND Shutoff Valves CLOSED ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 2) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Turbine ___ UNSAT is tripped. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: CHECK Power To AC EMERGENCY BUSSES: | ||
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) | STEP 7: CHECK SI Status: | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized | |||
. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
CHECK if SI is actuated: | CHECK if SI is actuated: | ||
SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a) | SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED ___ SAT OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI annunciators are LIT, and proceeds. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step). | ||
If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step). | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: CHECK BOTH trains of SI actuated: | ||
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b) | |||
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b) | STANDARD: The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Green status lights ___ UNSAT are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | ||
. | The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | ||
The operator observes the | |||
B | |||
The operator proceeds to the RNO. | The operator proceeds to the RNO. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Manually ACTUATE SI by depressing BOTH SI pushbuttons. | ||
(EOP-E-0 Step 4.b RNO) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator presses BOTH SI pushbuttons. ___ SAT The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED. | |||
) | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator does not address EOP-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete. | ||
. The operator observes the | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator observes the | |||
NONE | |||
If the operator does not address EOP | |||
-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 3,983: | Line 2,687: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure. | ||
The plant is at 10 | * A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6. | ||
-8 amps in the Intermediate Range | * You are the OATC. | ||
INITIATING CUE: | INITIATING CUE: | ||
The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3 | * The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003. | ||
-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP | * The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | ||
-003. The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems. | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM E Developed By: Date: | ||
- Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path) | |||
K/A | |||
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path) | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2) | EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * A large break LOCA has occurred. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation. | ||
* RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm. | |||
A large break LOCA has occurred | Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation. | ||
Task Standard: The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN. | |||
-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation | Required Materials: None General | ||
The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation | |||
The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI | |||
-863A has failed to OPEN | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
EOP-ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation), Rev 0 EOP-ES-1.4 (Transfer to Long Term Recirculation), Rev 0 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4. | |||
Time Critical Task: YES - Siemens fuel Analysis for LBLOCA, ESR 99- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy-Back Mode) | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4. Time Critical Task: | Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 3 This step is critical because placing the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
YES - | Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy | Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy | Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
-Back Mode) | Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
Validation Time: | Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4. | ||
11 minutes | Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN. | ||
-ES-1.4. Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI | Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI | |||
-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI | |||
-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP | |||
-ES-1.4. Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows: | ||
IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI | * IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI-863A fails to OPEN) | ||
-863A fails to OPEN) | : 2. Reset simulator to IC-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation). | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | : 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize. | ||
-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation) | : 4. Perform the following: | ||
. | * Stop A Primary Water Pump and place in AUTO | ||
: 3. Place in RUN | * CLOSE FCV-114A and place in AUTO | ||
, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize | * Place Controller FCV-114A in AUTO | ||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036. | |||
Stop | : 6. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
-114A and place in AUTO Place Controller FCV | OR | ||
-114A in AUTO | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-604 (August, 2015). | ||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR | : 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036, and Freeze Simulator. | ||
-1 and APP | : 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-036. | : 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch. | ||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-604 (August, 2015). 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR | |||
-1 and APP | |||
-036, and Freeze Simulator. | |||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | |||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch. | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect. | NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect. | ||
STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES PERFORM the following: | STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR ___ SAT APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES | ||
___ UNSAT PERFORM the following: | |||
MONITOR RHR Pit indications. | MONITOR RHR Pit indications. | ||
IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit. | IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit. | ||
GO TO Step 3. | GO TO Step 3. | ||
(Step 1 and 1 RNO). | |||
). STANDARD: | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria. | The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria. | ||
The operator observes APP-001-D4 and D5 are extinguished, and that LI-615 A and B are both less than 24 inches; and determines that there is no RHR Pit leakage and proceeds to Step 3. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: DETERMINE Needed RHR Alignment: | |||
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE | |||
___ SAT OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. | |||
(Step 3 and 3 RNO.) | |||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in PIGGY-BACK Mode and proceeds to the Caution prior to Step 5. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Steps 5 through 8 must be performed without delay to minimize the time without flow through the core. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | |||
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. | |||
.) | |||
The operator observes SI | |||
-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 3: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: STEP STOP ALL RHR Pumps (Step 5/5.a) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light ___ UNSAT is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the B RHR Pump Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RHR | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will likely read through Steps 5-8 ahead of time before performing actions. | ||
APP-001-A7, RHR HX LO FLOW, is an expected alarm. | |||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
TIME CRITICAL START TIME: ________ | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
CRITICAL | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL CLOSE RHR HX Discharge Valves STEP RHR759A RHR759B (Step 5/5.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the RHR-759A Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light | ||
___ UNSAT is OFF. | |||
The operator places the RHR-759B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- | |||
- | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL OPEN RHR Loop Recirc Valves STEP SI863A SI863B ___ SAT (Step 5/5.c) | |||
The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI | STANDARD: The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch to OPEN and | ||
-863A to OPEN. | ___ UNSAT observes that the Green status light remains LIT and the Red status light remains OFF (Alternate Path - mitigated in subsequent steps). | ||
The operator may place the SI | The operator places the SI-863B Control Switch to OPEN and observes that the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE. | EXAMINERS CUE: If operator reports the failure of SI-863A to OPEN, acknowledge as the CRS. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI-863A to OPEN. | ||
NONE | The operator may place the SI-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Opening SI866A AND SI866B, Hot Leg Injection Valves, with only one SI pump running will result in SI Pump runout. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve STEP (Step 6/6.a) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI-866A Red status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF. | |||
OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve (Step 6/6.a) | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | STEP 7: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: STEP SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the SI-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light | ||
The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI | ___ UNSAT is OFF. | ||
-866A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator places the SI-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: | |||
SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) | |||
The operator places the SI | |||
-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. The operator places the SI | |||
-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started. | ||
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | |||
RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started. | CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED ___ SAT (Step 7/7.a) | ||
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | ||
CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED (Step 7/7.a) | ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator observes the | Appendix C Page 12 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: | ||
- | CHECK SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve OPEN (Step 7/7.b) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and determines that SI-863A is CLOSED (Alternate Path), and proceeds to Step 7.b RNO. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator has previously attempted to OPEN this valve, and it failed to OPEN. This procedure will address the compensatory actions now. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 13 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: CRITICAL PERFORM the following: STEP CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve. | ||
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. ___ SAT CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
PERFORM the following: | |||
CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve. | |||
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. | |||
START RHR Pump B. | START RHR Pump B. | ||
GO TO Step 8. | GO TO Step 8. | ||
(Step 7/7.b RNO) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
) | |||
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator places the SI | The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator places the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator places the | The operator proceeds to Step 8. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 11: START One SI Pump STEP (Step 8) | ||
STANDARD: The operator places the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to ___ SAT START, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator places the | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
TIME CRITICAL STOP TIME: ________ (Less than 6 Minutes) | |||
NONE | STEP 12: CHECK Indicated Flow On The Appropriate Flow Meters: | ||
NONE | PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow ___ SAT SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9) | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes FI-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm. | ||
The operator observes FI-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9) | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator observes FI | |||
-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm. The operator observes FI | |||
-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: The operator should be sure that cavitation is taking place prior to transitioning to steps that attempt to mitigate screen blockage. The actions taken are beyond design basis AND should NOT be taken unless warranted. Stable indication on FI605 may also be used as an aid in determining if cavitation is present in subsequent steps when RHR759A OR RHR759B AND RHR 744A OR RHR744B are open. | ||
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE PI602A PI602B ___ SAT (Step 10) | |||
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE | STANDARD: The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator observes PI-602B to be 160 psig. | ||
The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes PI | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-602B | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: DETERMINE If Flow Should Be Established To Cold Legs as follows: | ||
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, ___ SAT Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION | |||
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves SI863A AND SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valves RHR Pumps A AND B (Step 11a-d and 11.d RNO | ___ UNSAT CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE | ||
* FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW | |||
The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig. | * RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves | ||
The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started | * SI863A AND SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valves | ||
* RHR Pumps A AND B (Step 11a-d and 11.d RNO) | |||
The operator observes 0 gpm on FI | STANDARD: The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig. | ||
-605. The operator observes the RHR | The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started. | ||
-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes RHR discharge pressure to be steady at 150 psig (or equivalent), and determines that no RHR Pump cavitation is occurring. | ||
The operator observes the RHR | The operator observes 0 gpm on FI-605. | ||
-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the SI | The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes the SI | The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | ||
-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | The operator recognizes that SI-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16. | ||
The operator recognizes that SI | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16 | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: CHECK Time Since Hot Leg Recirculation Established GREATER THAN 16 HOURS WHEN 16 hours have elapsed, THEN GO TO Step 17. ___ SAT (Step 16 and 16 RNO) | ||
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Another operator will continue with this procedure EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold | |||
. | |||
Another operator will continue with this procedure | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 4,306: | Line 2,895: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A large break LOCA has occurred. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation. | ||
A large break LOCA has occurred | * RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm. | ||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation. | |||
-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
. | |||
The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation | |||
. | |||
SIM JPM F | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM F Developed By: Date: | ||
Date: | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Date: | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Date: | Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task Title: | ==Title:== | ||
Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems | Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F K/A | ||
- Control Room JPM F | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
006 A4.02 (4.0/3.8) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
* SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | |||
* You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202. | |||
* Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1. | |||
Task Standard: The operator will refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits. | |||
Required Materials: None General | |||
==References:== | |||
OP-202 (Safety Injection and Containment Vessel Spray System), Rev 98 APP-002 (Engineering Safeguards), Rev 70 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
-002 | |||
- | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: OP-202, Section 5.2.1 marked up as follows: | |||
Step 5.2.1.1.a - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 1 - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 2 - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.c - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.d - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.e (1) and (2) - NAd Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the NORMAL position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Control power must be aligned to the valve to allow for RTGB operation). | |||
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the OPEN position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Open valve to align flowpath to SI Accumulator). | |||
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to the START position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Provides adequate flow and pressure to fill the SI Accumulator). | |||
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-851C control switch to the OPEN position, and then closing it within limits is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (align fill path to appropriate accumulator and to secure filling at desired level). | |||
Step 8 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to STOP and returning it to the MID position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (secure fill source and prevent operating on recirculation for an extended period). | |||
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the CLOSED position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (realign SI-869 to its normal Mode 1 alignment). | |||
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the DEFEAT position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (properly align SI-869 Control Power Defeat Switch as required for Mode 1). | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 5 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power. | |||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC | |||
-5, 100% Power. | |||
: 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows: | : 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows: | ||
OPEN SI-852C | * OPEN SI-852C | ||
-852C | * WHEN APP-002-B4, SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL, is LIT, CLOSE SI-852C | ||
: 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | * Check C SI Accumulator level at 64% | ||
. | : 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | ||
: 4. Freeze the Simulator | : 4. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
. | OR | ||
OR | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-605 (August, 2015). | ||
-605 (August, 2015). 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | ||
-411. 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | : 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
STEP 1: Check open SI-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b). | |||
STEP 1: Check open SI | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF. | ||
-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator C level. (ERFIS: QP ACCUM C) | ||
-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b). | The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP-002. | ||
STANDARD: | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator | |||
The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP | |||
-002. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is in the CRITICAL NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in ___ SAT the NORMAL position and observes the Amber status light is LIT. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, ___ UNSAT report that all requested breakers are open. | |||
-869 is in the NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) | EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, report that all requested breakers are open. | NOTE Based upon the numerous indications available to the Dedicated Operator of an SI actuation at the RTGB and the immediate response to isolate the SI Accumulator flowpath, an LCO declaration for SI Pump OR SI Flowpath Operability is NOT required. | ||
Key switch for SI | |||
-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met. | The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation. | Appendix C Page 8 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF an SI actuation is received during filling, THEN IMMEDIATELY CLOSE the applicable SI Accumulator makeup valve AND PERFORM Step 5.2.1.2.m to restore the SI System lineup. (Step 5.2.1.d) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | ||
___ UNSAT The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | STEP 4: Open SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.e) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is ___ SAT OFF. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the SI | |||
-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | Appendix C Page 9 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Start an SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.f) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator will make an announcement regarding the pump start. | ||
___ SAT The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the START position and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Starting the A SI Pump will cause APP-002-C3, BIT HDR HI PRESS, to alarm (Expected). The operator may address the APP. | ||
The announcement of the Pump start is NOT critical BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NONE COMMENTS: | NOTE: If the cooling unit for the train of the SI pump started is NOT operable, the opposite train unit can be started by placing its AUTO/RUN switch on the power supply breaker to RUN. | ||
___ SAT | STEP 6: ENSURE at least one SI Pump Area Cooling unit (HVH-6A OR HVH-6B OR both) is operating. (Step 5.2.1.2.g) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator observes the HVH-6A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The HVH-6B Green status light is LIT. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 10 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The following are pressure and level limits/alarms for the SI Accumulators: | ||
* High Pressure Alarm 646 psig | |||
The operator places the | * Normal Operating Pressure 630 psig | ||
* High Level Alarm 75 percent | |||
* Low Level Alarm 67 percent CAUTION Filling the SI Accumulators can result in rapid indicated level changes due to the narrow span (approx. 14 inches) associated with the SI Accumulator level instruments and should be closely monitored. | |||
STEP 7: IF SI Accumulator C is to be filled, THEN perform the following: CRITICAL (Step 5.2.1.2.j) STEP | |||
- | : 1) Open SI-851C, MAKEUP. | ||
: 2) Monitor the level and pressure of SI Accumulator C. | |||
: 3) When desired level is obtained, then close SI-851C. ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and the Caution, and proceeds. | |||
The operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ UNSAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes LI-928 and PI-929 and LI-930 and PI-931 during filling. | |||
When the accumulator level is > 67% and < 75% and accumulator pressure is > 614 psig and < 646 psig, the operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
- | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-E4 will clear during the filling process. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 11 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Stop the operating SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.k) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the STOP position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red ___ SAT status light is OFF. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-C3 will clear when the A SI Pump is stopped. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 9: Verify both SI Pump Area Cooling units are OFF. (Step 5.2.1.2.l) | |||
: 2) | : 1) HVH-6A | ||
: 2) HVH-6B | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-6A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. | |||
The operator observes the HVH-6B Green status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 12 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 10: Close SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.m) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light LIT and the Red status ___ SAT light is OFF. | ||
- | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: In Mode 1, 2 OR 3 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the DEFEAT position. In Mode 5 OR 6 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the NORMAL position. In Mode 4 the position of the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is determined by GP-002 OR GP-007. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
. | |||
. | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 13 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 in the position CRITICAL determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
___ SAT The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NA ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
-869 in the position determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) | |||
The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF | |||
NA | |||
Key switch for SI | |||
-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 4,538: | Line 3,046: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202. | ||
SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL (APP | * Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete. | ||
-002-E4) alarm has been received and actions have been reviewed by the RO. | INITIATING CUE: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1. | ||
You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-202. Safety Injection Pump | |||
-start checks are complete. | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM G Developed By: Date: | ||
INITIATING CUE: | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
-202, Section 5.2.1. | Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Date: | Task | ||
Date: | |||
Date: | |||
==Title:== | |||
Remove Source Range Channel N- JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control 31 From Service Room JPM G K/A | |||
Remove Source Range Channel N | |||
- | |||
- Control Room JPM G | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9) | 015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
Simulated Performance: | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Actual Performance: | Initial Conditions: | ||
X | * A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical. | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * SR Channel N-31 has just failed low. | ||
A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP | |||
-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical | |||
-31 has just failed low. | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N | * The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation. | ||
-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation | * The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02. | ||
Task Standard: The operator will remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16 | Required Materials: None General | ||
-02. Task Standard: | |||
The operator will remove SR Channel N | |||
-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. Required Materials: | |||
None | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OWP-011 (Nuclear Instrumentation), Rev 24 GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, Rev 105 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
OWP-011 | Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OWP-11. | ||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 6 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because removing NI-31 from ERFIS Scan is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the N32, N35 or N36 is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | ||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC-8, (47.25 hours tripped, Critical at 48 hours). | |||
: 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize. | |||
: 1. Reset simulator to IC | |||
-8, (47.25 hours tripped, Critical at 48 hours | |||
). | |||
: 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize | |||
. | |||
: 3. Perform the following: | : 3. Perform the following: | ||
Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps Rod Bank Select Switch to M Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position | * Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB | ||
: 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW | * Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps | ||
* Rod Bank Select Switch to M | |||
* Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps | |||
-606 (August, 2015). 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | * Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position | ||
* Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position | |||
: 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW) | |||
: 5. Acknowledge alarms and stabilize the plant. | |||
: 6. Freeze the Simulator. | |||
OR | |||
: 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-606 (August, 2015). | |||
: 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure | START TIME: | ||
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure. | |||
The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI | (OWP-011, NI-5, Steps 1-7). | ||
-5 must be addressed. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI-5 must be addressed. | ||
The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1 | The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial | ||
___ UNSAT Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1. | |||
-7. | Operator reviews Steps 2-7. | ||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators. | ||
The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL REMOVE NI-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
REMOVE NI | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu) | ||
-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. | |||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu) | |||
The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu) | The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu) | ||
The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm) | ___ UNSAT The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm) | ||
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This can be checked on ERFIS as follows: | |||
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A | |||
NONE | |||
Select F3 (Master Menu) | Select F3 (Master Menu) | ||
Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu) | Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu) | ||
Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display) | Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display) | ||
Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL | Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 3: Complete Step 8: | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL - CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
- CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | |||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
NONE | |||
This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL START UP RATE CHANNEL SELECT Switch | |||
* STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | |||
___ SAT | STANDARD: The operator places the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the | ||
LEVEL TRIP Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | ___ SAT N32; records the selected instrument in the NI block position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
). STANDARD: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
The operator places the NI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Comparator and Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI | STEP 5: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL LEVEL TRIP Switch STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm. | ||
-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm. | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Complete Step 8: | ||
NIS TRIP BYPASS NI | NIS TRIP BYPASS NI-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the NI-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | ||
). STANDARD: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE | ||
The operator observes the NI | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI | STEP 7: Complete Step 8: | ||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup). | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI-5. | |||
NONE | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm. | ||
NONE | BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup | Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | ||
). STANDARD: | |||
The operator places the NI | |||
-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI | |||
-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup. | |||
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI | |||
-5. | |||
NONE | |||
The operator will acknowledge APP | |||
-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm. | |||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 4,722: | Line 3,172: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical. | |||
* SR Channel N-31 has just failed low. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | |||
* The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation. | |||
* The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM H Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H K/A | |||
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- Control Room JPM H | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
003 A4.03 (2.8/2.5) | |||
Examinee: NRC Examiner: | |||
Facility Evaluator: Date: | |||
Method of testing: | |||
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | |||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg. | |||
* The A RCP is running. | |||
* It is intended to start the B RCP next. | |||
* Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump. | |||
* It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101. | |||
Task Standard: The operator will start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General | |||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
OP-101 (Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation), Rev 74 AD-OP-ALL-1000 (Conduct of Operations) Rev 4 AOP-018 (Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions), Rev 31 APP-001 (Miscellaneous NSSS), Rev 60 Technical Specification LCO 3.3.5 (Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation), Amendment 176 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.1 of OP-101 marked up through Step 8.1.1.2.y for this JPM. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the Briefing Room. | |||
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the Bearing Lift Pump in the START position, and observing that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 6 This step is critical because after 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, placing the B RCP Control Switch to the START position is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 8 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
Step 10 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | |||
: 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows: | : 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows: | ||
IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL | * IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT | ||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC | * IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT | ||
-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT | * IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL | ||
* IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL | |||
: 2. Reset simulator to IC-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT. | |||
-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y | : 3. Place in RUN execute Scenario File 006_JPM_H, and allow time to stabilize. | ||
. | : 4. Place PCV-455A in manual and close "B" Loop Spray Valve (PCV-455A). | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant | : 5. Perform the actions of Section 8.1.1 of OP-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y. | ||
: 6. Stabilize the plant. | |||
. | : 7. Freeze the Simulator. | ||
OR | OR | ||
NOTE: | : 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-607 (August, 2015). | ||
, 8 & 10. 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP | : 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_H. | ||
-411. 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Events 1-4 when contacted by the operator at JPM Steps 2, 8 & 10. | ||
: 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411. | |||
: 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
NOTES ITS LCO 3.3.5 allows bypassing Degraded Grid Protection when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1. | |||
NOTES | Conservative operating principles have determined that bypassing the Degraded Grid Protection will only be permitted when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1 OR Mode 2. (NCR 151422) | ||
Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422) | Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422) | ||
STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time. | STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time. | ||
). STANDARD: | (Step 8.1.1.2.z). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT The operator records the time in the block provided. | ||
The operator records the time in the block provided | |||
. | |||
The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered. | The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge report. | |||
As the CRS, acknowledge report. | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
- Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 2: IF degraded grid protection is in service, THEN DEFEAT the STEP degraded grid voltage protection as follows: | |||
NONE | * On the front of Bus E-1, Cubicle 18A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the DEFEAT position. ___ SAT | ||
* CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED. | |||
* On the front of Bus E-2, Cubicle 28A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the ___ UNSAT DEFEAT position. | |||
* CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED. | |||
(Step 8.1.1.2.aa). | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3. | |||
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm. | |||
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.1 has been completed When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.3 has been completed COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE: Several starts / stops of the Bearing Oil Lift Pump may be required to prime the pump in a Motor where the Upper Reservoir has been drained and refilled. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: START the BRG LIFT PUMP AND CHECK the LIFT PRESSURE CRITICAL light ILLUMINATES. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.bb). | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator places the Bearing Lift Pump B Control Switch in the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the | |||
The operator reads the | ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator | The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT. | ||
The operator | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator addresses the CRS/SM about AOP-018 because of APP-001-E2, as the SM indicate that the performance of the procedure can be deferred. | ||
- | EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-001-E2, RCP #1 SEAL LEAKOFF LO FLOW, alarms when the Bearing Oil Lift Pump is started. | ||
The operator | This is because the pump start causes the B RCP shaft to be lifted affecting the #1 Seal on the B RCP, which will affect the #1 Seal Leakoff flows on the other RCPs. | ||
- | The operator may address the APP, and may address AOP-018, Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions. If so, a NOTE on the Entry Conditions to AOP-018 states that IF RCP#1 Seal Leakoff flow is below 1 gpm due to plant conditions known to affect leakoff flow, the SM may defer procedure entry provided the #1 Seal Leakoff flow remains above 0.8 gpm. | ||
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
- | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator | Appendix C Page 8 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: IF RCP Oil Reservoir level annunciator is NOT EXTINGUISHED, THEN REFER to the appropriate Annunciator Procedure. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.cc). | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-001-E8, RCP B OIL RESERV HI/LO LVL, is EXTINGUISHED. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 5: NOTIFY RC that RCPs are to be started AND to monitor for changing radiological conditions. | |||
(Step 8.1.1.2.dd). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts RC and makes notification. | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As RC Supervisor, Acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
CAUTION: Only one Reactor Coolant Pump is to be started at a time. | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR- | Appendix C Page 9 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: WHEN the Brg Lift Pump has operated for a minimum of 2 minutes, CRITICAL THEN START the Reactor Coolant Pump. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.ee). | ||
NONE | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. | ||
NONE | The operator will make a plant announcement prior to starting the RCP. | ||
NONE | ___ UNSAT After 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, the operator places the B RCP Control Switch to the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. | ||
The operator will observe FI-424 at 118%. | |||
The operator will observe FI-425 at 118%. | |||
The operator will observe FI-426 at 117%. | |||
The operator will observe B RCP #1 Seal Leakoff on FR-154B to be 1.24 gpm. | |||
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR-444 to be 360 psig. | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: WHEN a minimum of 50 seconds has elapsed since the Reactor Coolant Pump was started, THEN STOP the BRG LIFT PUMP. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.ff). | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the | |||
After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF | ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF. | ||
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is OFF. | |||
NONE | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | CAUTION: Do NOT Restore the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection to NORMAL until the Amber indicating light is Extinguished. | ||
NONE | |||
NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL. | NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL. | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 8: IF E-1 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to STEP NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: | ||
* Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT | |||
Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E | * CHECK the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. | * PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT | ||
CHECK the amber E | * REMOVE key. | ||
-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | * IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | ||
PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. REMOVE key. IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E | * ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | ||
-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | |||
ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | |||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
CHECK annunciator APP | * CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E | (Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-7). | ||
-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6. | |||
The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1 | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written. | ||
-6. The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | ||
-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI | |||
-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. | ||
(Step 8.1.1.2.hh). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided. | |||
The operator records the time in the block provided | ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: IF E-2 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to CRITICAL NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: STEP | ||
* Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT | |||
Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E | * CHECK the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. | * PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT | ||
CHECK the amber E | * REMOVE key. | ||
-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED. PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. REMOVE key. IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E | * IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | ||
-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification. | * ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | ||
ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following: | |||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black. | ||
CHECK annunciator APP | * CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | ||
-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E | (Step 8.1.1.2.ii). | ||
-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. | ||
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED. | |||
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1 | EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written. | ||
-6. The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | ||
-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED | 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the | |||
NONE | |||
When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI | |||
-6 have been completed COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. ___ SAT (Step 8.1.1.2.jj). | ||
STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided. | |||
The operator records the time in the block provided | ___ UNSAT The operator informs the CRS that the LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement may be able to be exited. | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
NONE | |||
NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: | |||
NONE | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 5,009: | Line 3,370: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg. | |||
* The A RCP is running. | |||
* It is intended to start the B RCP next. | |||
* Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump. | |||
* It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM I Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
- | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 2 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Locally Establish AFW Flow from JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-the SDAFW Pump and Control S/G Plant JPM I Levels and Pressures K/A | |||
Locally Establish AFW Flow from | |||
- In-Plant JPM I K/A | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7) | EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power. | ||
* EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented. | |||
The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power | * Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%. | ||
* Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig | |||
* The SDAFW Pump has just been started. | |||
Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig The SDAFW Pump has just been started. Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-ECA-0.0. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
General | General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
EOP-ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power), Rev 4 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because throttling the SDAFW Pump Discharge Valves is necessary to control AFW flow to the Steam Generators IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP | Step 3 This step is critical because closing IA-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-ECA-0.0. Time Critical Task: | Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
NO | Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
7 minutes | Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. | ||
-ECA-0.0. Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | |||
-ECA-0.0. Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN | Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0. Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | START TIME: | ||
-ECA-0.0. Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA | NOTE Flashlights AND ANY handtools needed are located with AOP/EOP/DSP Tool Kits. | ||
-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP | |||
-ECA-0.0. | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | |||
NOTE | |||
The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis. | The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis. | ||
STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67% | CRITICAL STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge STEP Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67%. | ||
* AFWV214A S/G A ___ SAT | |||
The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | * AFWV214B S/G B | ||
* AFWV214C S/G C (Step 1) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow. | The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow. | ||
AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted) | AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted) | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed COMMENTS: | |||
After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable | |||
The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OBSERVE NOTE Prior To Step 10 AND GO TO Step 10 (Step 2) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 10. | |||
The operator proceeds to Step 10 | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NOTE IA297 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle at an elevation between the feed AND steam lines. | |||
NONE | CRITICAL STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS STEP (Step 10) | ||
NONE | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
___ SAT The operator rotates the IA-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS (Step 10) | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn) | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS: | ||
The operator rotates the IA | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction | |||
The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted | |||
Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS: | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN13 is located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator. | ||
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY CRITICAL (Step 11) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY (Step 11) | ___ SAT The operator rotates the SDN-13 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) | ||
The operator rotates the SDN | EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | ||
-13 handwheel in the counter | EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS: | ||
-clockwise direction | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | |||
Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS: | |||
CRITICAL STEP | Appendix C Page 7 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN28 AND SDN29 are located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck. | ||
___ SAT | STEP 5: UNLOCK AND CLOSE SDN29, STEAM LINE PORV NITROGEN CRITICAL B/U TO IA TELLTALE DRAIN STEP (Step 12) | ||
___ UNSAT | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ||
The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-29 handwheel in the ___ UNSAT clockwise direction. | |||
AS-FOUND: Locked OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn) | |||
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-29 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 6: UNLOCK AND OPEN SDN28, NITROGEN BACKUP TO STEAM CRITICAL LINE PORVS STEP (Step 13) | |||
STANDARD: The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-28 handwheel in the ___ SAT counter-clockwise direction. | |||
AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-28 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 8 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: IA423 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck. | ||
STEP 7: UNLOCK AND OPEN IA423, NITROGEN TO STEAM LINE PORVS CRITICAL (Step 14) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
STEP | ___ SAT The operator unlocks and rotates the IA-423 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | ||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | ___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) | ||
The operator unlocks and rotates the | EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-423 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn. | ||
- | EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 8: NOTIFY The Control Room Of The Following: | |||
* S/G level is under control locally ___ SAT | |||
The | * The S/G Steam Line PORVs have N2 supplied for motive air (Step 15/15.a and b) | ||
Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck | STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and makes the ___ UNSAT notifications. | ||
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: When MCC5 is energized, the Control Room will feed S/G A AND S/G C. | |||
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67% | |||
S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and ___ UNSAT reports that the Attachment is complete. | |||
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | |||
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67% S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16) | |||
The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and reports that the Attachment is complete | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I Examinees Name: | ||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 5,185: | Line 3,499: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power. | |||
* EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented. | |||
* Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%. | |||
* Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig | |||
* The SDAFW Pump has just been started. | |||
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0. | |||
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | |||
NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM J Developed By: Date: | |||
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | ||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | ||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J K/A | |||
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems | |||
- In-Plant JPM J | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4) | |||
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4) | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | ||
* AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | |||
IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | * The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled | ||
AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | * The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | ||
The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | |||
Initiating Cue: | Initiating Cue: | ||
The CRS has directed you to perform AOP | * The CRS has directed you to perform AOP-017 Step 8. | ||
-017 Step 8. The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | * The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | ||
Task Standard: | Task Standard: The operator will start IA Compressors A and B and align their discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | ||
The operator will start IA Compressors | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-017. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
General | General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-017 (Loss of Instrument Air), Rev 43 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017. | |||
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors A and B in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | |||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017. Time Critical Task: | Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors A and B discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017. | ||
NO | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors | |||
-017. Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter | Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors | Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | START TIME: | ||
NOTE IA3821 is located on IA Dryer D. | |||
Operator Aid 97OP35 to supply Station Air to Instrument Air is located in the Aux Bldg hallway on the Station Air Receiver. | |||
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following: | |||
NOTE | |||
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following: | |||
CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service: | CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service: | ||
SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a | SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN ___ SAT AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a) | ||
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | The operator recognizes that SA-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO. | ||
The operator recognizes that SA | AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | ||
-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO. AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OPEN SA1 AND PLACE the Station Air Compressor Function switch to ON. | ||
IF the Station Air Compressor is still NOT available for service, THEN ___ SAT GO TO Step 8.d. | |||
(Step 8.a RNO) | |||
The operator recognizes that SA | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that SA-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d. | ||
-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d | AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | ||
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed) | STEP 3: CHECK IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS OPEN (Step 8.d) | ||
STANDARD: The operator observes IA-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step ___ SAT 8.d RNO. | |||
NONE | AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
The operator observes IA | |||
-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step 8.d RNO. AS FOUND: | |||
IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: OPEN IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. | ||
(Step 8.d RNO) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA-18 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | |||
The operator rotates the IA | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | ||
-18 handwheel in the counter | EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn. | ||
-clockwise direction | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
STEP 5: CHECK the following Compressors RUNNING | |||
IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) | * INST AIR COMP A | ||
* INST AIR COMP B ___ SAT (Step 8.e) | |||
After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn. | STANDARD: The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch. | ||
___ UNSAT The operator observes the IA Compressor B Control Switch. | |||
NONE | AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | ||
The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch | EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | |||
NONE | |||
NONE | |||
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: START the following compressors: CRITICAL | ||
* INST AIR COMP A STEP | |||
INST AIR COMP A INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO) | * INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO) | ||
The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL. The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL. AS FOUND: | ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL. | ||
Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | ___ UNSAT The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL. | ||
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed) | |||
After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running | EXAMINERS CUE: After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 7: CHECK FCV1740, AIR DRYER HIGH DP FLOW CONTROL valve OPEN (Step 8.f) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes FCV-1740. | |||
The operator observes FCV | AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be verified opened indicate the position indicator is down indicating closed. | ||
-1740. AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
CLOSED (Cue as needed) | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: OPEN IA3665, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. CRITICAL (Step 8.f RNO) STEP STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter- ___ SAT clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn) | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 9: OPEN IA3821, INSTRUMENT AIR DRYER "D" BYPASS (Step 8.g) | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA-3821 be OPENED. ___ SAT AS FOUND: NA | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As the Outside AO, indicate that IA-3821 is OPEN. | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | EXAMINERS NOTE: IA-3821 is located on the D IA dryer. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter | |||
-clockwise direction | |||
CLOSED (Cue as needed) | |||
After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn) | |||
NONE | |||
The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA | |||
-3821 be OPENED. AS FOUND: | |||
As the Outside AO, indicate that IA | |||
-3821 is OPEN. | |||
IA-3821 is located on the | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 5,353: | Line 3,622: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | ||
IA Header Pressure is 75 PSIG and lowering. | * The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled | ||
AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered. | * The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | ||
The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented. | |||
INITIATING CUE: | INITIATING CUE: | ||
The CRS has directed you to perform AOP | * The CRS has directed you to perform AOP-017 Step 8. | ||
-017 Step 8 | * The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed. | ||
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | |||
NOTE: | NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM K Developed By: Date: | ||
- In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date: | ||
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date: | |||
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.: | |||
Task | |||
==Title:== | |||
Loss of North SW Header in the JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Auxiliary Building Plant JPM K K/A | |||
Loss of North SW Header in the | |||
- In-Plant JPM K | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5) | APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5) | ||
Examinee: | Examinee: NRC Examiner: | ||
NRC Examiner: | Facility Evaluator: Date: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Method of testing: | ||
Date: | Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance: | ||
Simulated Performance: | Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied. | ||
X | Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | ||
Classroom Simulator Plant X | Initial Conditions: | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout | * The plant is at 100% power. | ||
* The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | |||
The plant is at 100% power | * The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | ||
* The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | |||
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | |||
-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | Task Standard: The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | ||
The leak is located upstream of SW | Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | ||
-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP | |||
-022. Task Standard: | |||
The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. Required Materials: | |||
PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.) | |||
Laser pointer or flashlight General | Laser pointer or flashlight General | ||
==References:== | ==References:== | ||
AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water), Rev 35 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Plant Drawing G-190199 (Service & Cooling Water Flow Diagram) Rev 72 Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | |||
Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water. | |||
Rev 72 | Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because closing either SW-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header. | ||
-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: | Step 2 This step is critical because closing SW-740 and SW-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header. | ||
Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022. Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1 | Step 4 This step is critical because placing Instrument Air Compressor B in OFF is necessary to prevent damage to the compressor. | ||
-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water | Step 7 This step is critical because cross-connecting the Booster Pump Suction is necessary to isolate the leak and align cooling water to critical loads (SW-25 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak, SW-26 and SW-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank). | ||
Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs). | |||
NO | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
14 minutes | |||
-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header | |||
-740 and SW | |||
-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header | |||
, SW-26 and SW | |||
-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment | |||
, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW | |||
-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank | |||
). Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs). | |||
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column) | ||
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1. | |||
START TIME: | |||
CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress. | CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress. | ||
NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building. | NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building. | ||
STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building Hallway : | STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building CRITICAL Hallway : STEP | ||
SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X | * SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated) | ||
-Conn (Chain Operated) | OR | ||
OR | * SW-19, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated) | ||
-Conn (Chain Operated) | (Step 1) | ||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls either the SW-18 or SW-19 chain operator to rotate valve handwheel in the clockwise direction, and observes the area for water. | |||
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Are Open EXAMINERS CUE: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | |||
Both Valves Are Open | The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2. | ||
The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds. | After locating and describing how either valve would be closed then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full clockwise and the pointer indicates Closed. | ||
The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2 | |||
IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES. | IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The valve handwheels face opposite directions. | |||
The valve handwheels face opposite directions. Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction. | Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction. | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE SW-102 is located overhead East of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support. | ||
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: CRITICAL STEP | |||
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: | * SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return | ||
SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2) | * SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2) | ||
The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW | STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction. | ||
-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction. | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Open (SW-740 Pointer Indicates POS 1 And SW-102 Stem Is Fully Withdrawn). | ||
AS FOUND: | EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how both valves would be closed, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW-740 pointer indicates Closed and the SW-102 stem is fully inserted. | ||
Both Valves Open (SW | EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support. | ||
-740 Pointer Indicates | SW-102 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
After locating and describing how both valves would be closed | 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | ||
, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW | |||
-740 pointer indicates | |||
-102 stem is fully inserted. | |||
SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump | |||
COMMENTS: | Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Notify Control Room Personnel That Steps 1 And 2 of Attachment 6 Are Complete (Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports Steps 1 and 2 of Attachment 6 are complete. | ||
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS then acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
STEP 4: Place Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch In The OFF CRITICAL Position STEP (Step 4) | |||
STANDARD: The operator places the Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch in OFF position | |||
___ SAT AS FOUND: IA Compressor B Control Switch is in AUTO EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the B IA compressor would be placed in OFF indicate the ___ UNSAT Control Sswitch has been rotated to the middle position OFF. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page | Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Subsequent actions to cross-connect cooling water to plant components should not be performed if the leak will be reinitiated. | ||
- In | NOTE SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux Bldg, is located in Auxiliary Building hallway, midway between Instrument Air Dryers A and B, above third cable tray. | ||
AS FOUND: | STEP 5: Check leak location - Downstream of SW-53. | ||
NONE | (Step 5) | ||
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution and Note, and proceeds. | |||
The operator observes the area for water and determines (After ___ SAT Cue) leak is NOT Downstream of SW-53 and goes to step 5 RNO which goes to Step 9 AS FOUND: NONE ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: WHEN asked for leak location, indicate the leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may refer to P&ID for Service Water or Operator Aid 03-OP-02 from AOP-022 book at IAO desk COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Check Leak Location - Upstream of SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pump (Step 9) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines the leak is upstream of SW-25. | |||
AS FOUND: NONE | |||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Leak location was provided in previous step. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
NOTE | |||
* SW Booster Pump B may be operated as required after the suction path is established from the South Service Water Header. | |||
* Closing SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank, also isolates SW to the Penetration Coolers. | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Cross-Connect SW Booster Pump Suction Supply As Follows: CRITICAL | |||
: a. Close SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pumps STEP | |||
: b. Open SW-26, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect | |||
Appendix C Page | : c. Open SW-27, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect | ||
- | : d. Close SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank | ||
: e. Open SW-200A, SWBP "A" TO IVSW Tank Supply (Step 10) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-25, and rotates the handwheel clockwise. | |||
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-26, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise. | |||
- | The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-27, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise. | ||
- | The operator rotates the SW-503 handwheel clockwise. | ||
The operator rotates the SW-200A handwheel counter-clockwise. | |||
The operator | AS FOUND: SW-25 & SW-503, OPEN SW-26, SW-27 & SW-200A, CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full counter-clockwise and the stem is fully withdrawn for the OPEN valves and rotated full clockwise with the stem fully inserted for the CLOSED valves SW-26 and 200A is located above the A SW Booster Pump. | ||
- | SW-503 is located above the vent duct above the B SW Booster Pump, and requires a ladder. | ||
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
-503 | |||
- In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Notify Control Room Personnel That Step 10 Is Complete And SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply SW Booster Pump B (Step 11) | |||
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports SW has been cross-connected to supply SW Booster Pump B. | |||
___ SAT | ___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NOTE | |||
* SW-83, Diesel Supply Cross-Connect, is located at the North end of Emergency Diesel Generator A. | |||
* Cross-connecting Service Water to the Emergency Diesel Generators will also cross-connect Service Water to HVH-6B, HVH-8B, and Instrument Air Compressor B. | |||
* A ladder is required for access to SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux BLDG. | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C | Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Cross-Connect Service Water Supply To EDGs AS Follows: CRITICAL STEP | ||
: a. Close SW-53 | |||
: b. Open SW-83 (Step 12) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn. | |||
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | |||
There is a label identifying the location of SW-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B. | |||
: a. Close SW-53 b. Open SW-83 (Step 12) | |||
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. | |||
The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction. | |||
The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter | |||
-clockwise direction. | |||
AS FOUND: | |||
SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED | |||
After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW | |||
-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW | |||
-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter | |||
-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn. | |||
SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room. | |||
There is a label identifying the location of SW | |||
-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B. | |||
SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway). | SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway). | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: Notify Control Room Personnel That SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment: | ||
* EDG B | |||
-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment: | * Instrument Air Compressor B ___ SAT | ||
EDG B | * HVH-6B | ||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross | * HVH-8B (Step 13) | ||
-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: | ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | ||
NONE | STEP 11: Notify Control Room Personnel That Attachment 6 Is Complete (Step 14) | ||
When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator | STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment ___ SAT 6 is complete AS FOUND: NONE | ||
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge that Attachment 6 is complete EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS: | |||
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment 6 is complete AS FOUND: | |||
NONE | |||
Evaluation on this JPM is complete. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 | Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K Examinees Name: | ||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K | |||
Date Performed: | Date Performed: | ||
Facility Evaluator: | Facility Evaluator: | ||
Line 5,605: | Line 3,792: | ||
Time to Complete: | Time to Complete: | ||
Question Documentation: | Question Documentation: | ||
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date: | |||
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10 | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power. | |||
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 | * The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. | * The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | ||
The North SW header has ruptured inside the Auxiliary Building. | * The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. | ||
The Control Room has implemented AOP | INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022. | ||
-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header. | NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED. | ||
The leak is located upstream of SW | NUREG 1021, Revision 10}} | ||
-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve. INITIATING CUE: | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP | |||
-022. NOTE: |
Latest revision as of 17:20, 4 December 2019
ML16124A087 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Robinson ![]() |
Issue date: | 04/27/2016 |
From: | Division of Reactor Safety II |
To: | Duke Energy Progress |
References | |
50-261/OL-16-301 | |
Download: ML16124A087 (161) | |
Text
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM A Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Operation With High Switchyard JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Voltage Room JPM A (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
062 A2.08 (2.7/3.0)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- Plant is at 100% power.
- Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts.
- AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21.
- You are the BOP.
- D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO.
- The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
- The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Task Standard: The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts.
Required Materials: None General
References:
AOP-31 (Operation with High Switchyard Voltage), Rev 15 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Control Room Copy of AOP-31 marked up for this JPM to Step 21.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 21 This step is critical because inserting the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Step 22 This step is critical because placing the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Step 24 This step is critical because momentarily placing the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 27 This step is critical because depressing the THINK pushbutton and placing the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position is necessary to manually open Breaker 50/20.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows:
- ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN)
- IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage)
- (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A
- 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned:
- C Charging Pump is RUNNING
- HVH-3 and HVH-4 are RUNNING
- HVA-1B is RUNNING
- HVH-5B is OFF
- HVE-2B is OFF
- 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21.
- 8. Stabilize the plant.
- 9. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-600 (July, 2015).
- 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E-2 Voltage - Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately 506.5 volts.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: Transferring the following safety related components will cause voltage to rise. This step is designed to protect components.
STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows:
- a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B - Running in Manual
___ SAT (Step 22.a.)
RNO: Go to Step 23
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs A and B were in AUTO.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: For conditions where it may not be possible to reduce emergency bus voltages below 505 volts AND running of the EDG is required to ensure that the EDG is operable, testing of the EDG may be performed with concurrence from the system engineer if the system engineer determines that such testing does not constitute a long term degradation risk.
STEP 3: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 23.a.)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that
___ UNSAT the Main Generator is ON Line.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING (Step 23.b.)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the B EDG Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that the B EDG is NOT running.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- 24. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING ___ SAT (Step 23.b. RNO)
STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 24. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: Log the Time That Any of the Following Equipment Is OR Was Running Above 505 Volts.
- INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR B
- Fuel Oil Transfer Pump B (Step 24)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that NONE of these components are ___ UNSAT running.
EXAMINERS CUE: Inform operator that another operator will track the run times.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The B IAC is in AUTO and the B EDG is NOT RUNNING.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Check Load On Emergency Bus E HAS BEEN RAISED USING STEP 18.
(Step 25)
Go to Step 27 ___ SAT (Step 25 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been raised based on information given in the Initial Cue. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This would have been completed in Step 18 of AOP-031, which was bypassed.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 8: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows:
- a. Check Charging Pump C - Running
___ SAT (Step 27.a)
STANDARD: The operator observes the C Charging Pump Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF (Or equivalent) and concludes ___ UNSAT that Charging Pump C is running.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows:
- b. Verify CV RECIRC FANS - RUNNING
- HVH-3
___ SAT
- HVH-4 (Step 27.b)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-3 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running.
The operator observes the HVH-4 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-4 is running.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 10: Check CONT RM AIR HANDLING HVA-1B - RUNNING (Step 27.c)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVA-1 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: Check CRDM COOLING FAN, HVH-5B - RUNNING (Step 27.d)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator the HVH-5B observes the Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-5B is NOT RUNNING, and proceeds to the RNO. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 12: Transfer CRDM COOLING FANS as follows:
- 1. Start HVH-5B
- 2. Stop HVH-5A (Step 27.d RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVH-5B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT The operator places the HVH-5A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.3 Volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 13: Check AUX BLDG EXH FAN, HVE-2B - RUNNING (Step 27.e)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVE-2B Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVE-2B is NOT running, and proceeds to the RNO.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 14: Transfer AUX BLDG EXH FANs as follows:
- 1) Start HVE-2B
- 2) Stop HVE-2A (Step 27.e RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVE-2B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is ___ UNSAT OFF.
The operator places the HVE-2A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.2 Volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: Check RHR - IN SERVICE.
(Step 27. f)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the plant is in Mode 1 and determines that RHR is NOT is IN SERVICE. The operator addresses the RNO and proceeds to Step 28.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 16: Check Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - GREATER THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 28)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes Bus E-2 Voltage on ERFIS to be greater than 505 Volts (506.2 volts).
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 17: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 29.a)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 18: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- b. Check DSDG - RUNNING (Step 29.b)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the ___ UNSAT RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of the DSDG, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that the DSDG was secured and aligned for AUTO.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that the DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 19: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- b. RNO: Postpone DSDG testing while in this AOP. Go to Step 30.
(Step 29.b RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to step 30.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If operator informs the CRS to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer.
COMMENTS:
STEP 20: Check 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52 OPEN (Step 30)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52-19 Green status light is LIT and Red status light is OFF, and determines that BKR 52-19 IS OPEN. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates OPEN (TRIP) by GREEN light lit.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 21: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- a. Insert the Synchroscope Key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch
___ SAT (Step 31.a)
STANDARD: The operator inserts the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES ___ UNSAT Synchroscope Key Switch.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 22: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- b. Place the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position (Step 31.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch clockwise to the BUS 3 & 4 position. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 23: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- c. Verify the Synchroscope comes to approximately the 12 oclock position.
(Step 31.c)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the Synchroscope is pointing to the 12 oclock position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 24: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- d. Momentarily place the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position.
___ SAT (Step 31.d)
STANDARD: The operator momentarily places the control switch for BKR 52/19 ___ UNSAT to the CLOSE position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 17 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 25: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- e. Check BKR 52/19 - CLOSED (Step 31.e)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/19 Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 26: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- f. Check UNIT AUX TO 4 KV BUS 4 BKR, 52/20 - OPEN (Step 31.f)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path). The operator will address the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit.
BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so).
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 18 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 27: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- f. RNO: Perform the following
- Simultaneously depress the THINK pushbutton AND ___ SAT place the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN position.
(Step 31.f RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses the THINK pushbutton and places the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates OPEN (TRIP) with GREEN light lit. When this occurs Bus E-2 voltage will drop to 484.8 volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 19 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 28: Place the 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch to the mid position.
(Step 31.g)
STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch counter-clockwise to
___ SAT the mid position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 29: Check the following:
- Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS AND
- Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 32) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts.
___ UNSAT The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts.
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 505 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 20 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 30: Check Voltage as Follows: (Continuous Action Step)
EXTINGUISHED AND
- Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS AND ___ UNSAT
- Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS (Step 33)
STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-036-E3 is DARK.
The operator observes that WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE is 18.8 KV.
The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts.
The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts.
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- Plant is at 100% power.
- Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts.
- AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21.
- You are the BOP.
- D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO.
- The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
- The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM B Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM).
Initial Conditions: The plant is stabilized at 37% power.
Initiating Cue: Monitor the plant and respond as required.
Task Standard: The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical.
Required Materials: None General
References:
APP-008 (SW, CW and Turb Gen Aux), Rev 67 AOP-006 (Turbine Eccentricity/Vibration), Rev 21 AOP-007 (Turbine Trip Below P-8), Rev 16 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of AOP-006.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handout 2: Blank copy of AOP-007.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 8 This step is critical because simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons is necessary to attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because depressing the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and the GV DOWN pushbutton is necessary to manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows:
- IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine)
- IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 (High Main Turbine Vibration > 14 mils) on Event # 1.
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-9, 37% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-601 (July, 2015).
- 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_B.
NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Event 1 immediately after the operator takes the watch.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM).
START TIME:
BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch.
STEP 1: Observe APP-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm.
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator The operator addresses APP-008-A8.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 2: IF caused by High Rotor Eccentricity, THEN REFER TO AOP-006.
(APP-008 A8, Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF caused by Rotor Position OR Differential Expansion, THEN STOP raising Turbine Load OR slow cylinder heating rate.
(APP-008 A8, Step 2) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: IF caused by High Vibration, THEN:
- 1) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 225°F for bearings TBFF (Thrust Bearing Front Face), TBRF (Thrust ___ SAT Bearing Rear Face), or bearings 7, 8 or 9 THEN REFER TO AOP-006.
- 2) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 250°F on bearings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. ___ UNSAT
- 3) REFER TO AOP-006.
(APP-008 A8, Step 3)
STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and addresses AOP-006.
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-006, provide Handout 1.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: NOTIFY Plant Personnel Of Procedure Entry Using Plant Page System (AOP-006 Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator makes an announcement indicating entry into AOP-006 Turbine Eccentricity Vibration.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: IF asked, the SM has made the announcement.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may ask the SM to make the announcement.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 6: CHECK Turbine Speed LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 600 RPM (AOP-006 Step 2)
OBSERVE NOTE prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. ___ SAT (AOP-006 Step 2 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator observes that Turbine Speed is 1800 RPM, and ___ UNSAT proceeds to RNO, THEN proceeds to Note prior to Step 5.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: ERFIS plot GD TURBINE contains turbine bearing metal temperatures.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: CHECK Conditions Allow Continued Turbine Operation:
Bearing vibration levels on TURBINE GENERATOR SUPERVISORY RECORDER LESS THAN 14.0 MILS AND ___ SAT Bearings TBFF, TBRF, 7, 8 and 9 LESS THAN 225°F AND Bearings 1 through 6 LESS THAN 250°F (AOP-006 Step 5) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes that Turbine vibration is > 14 Mils, and proceeds to RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBINE on ERFIS.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: PERFORM one of the following: CRITICAL STEP IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is extinguished, THEN TRIP the reactor AND GO TO EOPE0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection. ___ SAT OR IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is illuminated, THEN PERFORM the following:
TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing THINK and ___ UNSAT TURBINE TRIP push buttons.
GO TO AOP007, Turbine Trip Below P8.
(AOP-006 Step 5)
STANDARD: The operator observes that the REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is LIT.
The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN).
The operator proceeds to AOP-007.
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-007, provide Handout 2.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: CHECK Turbine Trip:
BOTH turbine stop valves CLOSED
___ SAT OR ALL governor valves CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 1)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator determines that that both Turbine Stop Valves and all Turbine Governor valves are OPEN and proceeds to the Step 1 RNO (Alternate Path).
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons.
___ SAT IF turbine will NOT trip, THEN RUNBACK turbine at maximum rate until Governor Valves are closed.
(AOP-007 Step 1 RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN).
The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT.
The operator depresses and holds the GV DOWN pushbutton until the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and releases.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: It is expected that the Steam Dump System will operate and the Control Rods will be driven inward in AUTO while this is occurring.
The operator may conclude that the attempt to manually trip the Turbine has already been made, and failed in AOP-006, and move directly to runback the Turbine without attempting to trip the Turbine a 2nd time. If this attempt is not made, and the operator runs back the Turbine Governor valves, the critical nature of this Step is still satisfied.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: CHECK MSR PURGE And SHUTOFF VALVES CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 2)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the Purge Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1-6-1A, 2A, 1B, and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1-5-1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The plant is stabilized at 37% power.
INITIATING CUE: Monitor the plant and respond as required.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM C Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Restore PRT to Normal Operating JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Conditions Room JPM C (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed.
- PRT level is stable at 67%.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System.
- All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete.
Task Standard: The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OP-103 (Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System), Rev 21 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP-103 Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the briefing room.
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows:
- IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN)
- IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF)
To be inserted after RC-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step 12)
- $006_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doRCSAAO212D (Removes Over-Ride for RC-519B when RC-519C is OPEN)
- $600_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doCNMAOO086J (Removes Over-Ride on RC-519A/B CIV Indication)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize.
- 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: 103°F temperature, 67% level and 3 psig pressure.
- 6. Stabilize the plant.
- 7. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-602 (July, 2015).
- 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: Booth Instructor verify that two additional overrides are available to be inserted at Step 11 of this JPM.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE:
PRT temperatures of greater than 120°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93-007)
Maximum cooling effect can be achieved by leaving the added Primary Water in the PRT for at least 10 minutes prior to draining. (SER 93-007)
STEP 1: Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied:
- a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete
- b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. ___ SAT
- c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress.
(Step 8.2.2.1)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue).
EXAMINERS CUE: If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Operating two Primary Water Pumps can cause inadvertent filling of the RCS if the RCS is depressurized and vented through a PORV when two Primary Water Pumps are operating. Water may makeup to the RCS via the PRT spargers if the PRT is filled faster than it can vent.
STEP 2: Verify a Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.2) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator observes the A and B Primary Water Pump Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and determines that neither PW Pump is RUNNING.
___ UNSAT The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
OR The operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The A Primary Water Pump is in AUTO, set-up for Auto Makeup.
The operator may start either the A or the B Primary Water Pump.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Open RC-519C, PW TO PRT ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.3) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Open RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.4) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and HOLDS the RC-519A & B Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status lights are LIT and the Green status ___ SAT lights are OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Monitor PRT for rising level (Step 8.2.2.5)
STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. ___ UNSAT It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 6: IF the expected rise in level does NOT occur, THEN stop filling AND investigate.
(Step 8.2.2.6)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%.
It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: Increasing PRT level will cause PRT pressure to rise, possibly to the high pressure alarm setpoint of 5 psig.
STEP 7: Recognize/report PRT Hi Pressure alarm (APP-003 C3) received.
Monitors PRT pressure and reports value and that it is an expected alarm due to filling ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator checks PRT pressure >5 psig due to filling, informs the ___ UNSAT CRS it is an expected alarm EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report EXAMINERS NOTE: This is an expected alarm as the procedure note states. It is not expected that the operator will address the alarm and/or condition until after filling is completed. If the operator does address this alarm, if it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: WHEN PRT level is between 70% and 80%, THEN perform the following:
- a. Stop the Primary Water Pump
- b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.7a&b)
STANDARD: If the A Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and ___ UNSAT observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to AUTO.
OR If the B Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Close RC-519A & B CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the ___ SAT Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes that the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path - Mitigated in a later Step). ___ UNSAT The operator reports to the CRS that RC-519B has not fully CLOSED.
EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC-519A & B to attempt to verify RC-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve EXAMINERS NOTE: A single Control Switch controls both valves BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 10: Close RC-519C CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7d) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: Insert the last two commands IAW 006_JPM_C File to remove over-rides once RC-519C is closed.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF PRT level is greater than or equal to 83% OR PRT temperature is greater than 120°F, THEN lower the PRT level in accordance with the appropriate Section of this procedure, Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Greater Than Or Equal to 200°F OR ___ SAT Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Less Than 200°F. (Step 8.2.2.8)
STANDARD: The operator observes PRT level on LI-470 (or ERFIS) is <83% and ___ UNSAT PRT temperature on TI-471 (or ERFIS) is <120°F EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 12: IF RC-519A or RC-519B do NOT fully close, THEN relieve the hydraulic lock in accordance with the Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B Section of this procedure (Alternate Path - RC-519B Hydraulic Lock has previously occurred and is Mitigated Here). ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.9)
STANDARD: The operator reviews the OP-103 Table Of Contents and determines that Section 8.4.1 is required, and proceeds to this section. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator addresses APP-003-C3 prior to addressing the hydraulic lock, when it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The RCS System Engineer WILL need to be NOTIFIED WHEN the following section is PERFORMED to relieve hydraulic lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes.
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B:
Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied:
- a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. ___ SAT (Step 8.4.1.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: Verify the Post Accident Sampling System is NOT in operation.
(Step 8.4.1.b)
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: If asked about the status of this system, ask the operator what they would expect the status to be in the current plant condition. THEN, indicate that the ___ UNSAT system is as expected.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The PASS is ONLY operated under accident conditions, which do NOT exist.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 15: IF RC-519B is indicating in mid position, THEN cycle RC-519C, PW CRITICAL TO PRT ISO STEP (Step 8.4.2)
STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ SAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS of the valve position change, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 16: IF RC-519A is indicating in mid position, THEN perform the following:
- a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING.
- b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27.
- d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION.
- e. Close HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION.
- f. Close HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION.
- g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. ___ UNSAT (Step 8.4.1.3)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with N/A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: Power Panel 27 is located on the west side of the PASS panel.
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3.
(Step 8.4.1.4)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Inform the operator you will have another operator restore PRT pressure to normal EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed.
- PRT level is stable at 67%.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System.
- All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM D Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Rod Room JPM D (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range.
- The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure.
- A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6.
- You are the OATC.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003.
- The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems.
Task Standard: The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons.
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General
References:
GP-003 (Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical), Rev 105 APP-004 (First Out Reactor Trips), Rev 18 EOP-E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), Rev 6 AOP-001 (Malfunction of Reactor Control System), Rev 33 AOP-016 (Excessive Primary Plant Leakage), Rev 23 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.4 of GP-003 marked up for this JPM to Step 8.4.6.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 12 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and maintaining plant parameters as required is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%.
Step 2 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 9 This step is critical because pressing both SI actuation pushbuttons is necessary to manually actuate SI.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows:
- IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate)
- IMF SIS01B, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI B Fails to AUTO actuate O)
- Event 1: $006_ROD_EJECT IMF CRF05A f:2000, H-8 (Ejected Control Rod)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-1, 10-8amps IR.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_D and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete.
- 5. Stabilize the plant.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-603 (August, 2015).
- 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE:
The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and:
- If MTC is negative, then SUR will be LOWERING
- If MTC is positive, then SUR will be RISING
- Onset of RCS temperature rise, Onset of PZR pressure rise, Onset PZR level rise.
- Reduction in AUTO Charging Pump speed demand.
- Rising indication of AUTO Steam Dump demand on PC-464B, Steam Header
- Pressure, when Steam Dumps are being used for RCS Temperature Control.
- Small rise in Steam Generator Steam flow.
CAUTION
- Startup Rate shall not exceed 1.0 dpm. Maximum Reactor power is 5%.
- The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited.
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive CRITICAL SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. STEP (Step 8.4.7).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds.
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod
___ UNSAT Control Switch to the OUT position and adjusting Reactor Power to the Point of Adding Heat, Startup Rate does not exceed 1.0 dpm, Reactor Power does not exceed 5%.
The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached.
EXAMINERS CUE: As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge.
EXAMINERS NOTE: A second Steam Dump valve will open when temperature starts to rise.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ADJUST control rods as necessary to achieve the following while CRITICAL continuing with this procedure: STEP RCS Tavg between 547°F and 551°F ___ SAT Reactor Power 3% to less than or equal to 5%.
(Step 8.4.8).
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator places the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: A third Steam Dump valve will open when Reactor power is between 2-3%.
APP-003-D4, TAVG-TREF DEV, may alarm while the operator is turning back power.
When Reactor Power reaches 3%, Control Rod H-8 will be ejected from the core (Alternate Path)
The following indications will be available to the operator:
- Several RTGB Annunciators alarm
- Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H-8 is LIT
- SUR is positive and rising
- Neutron flux is rising
- RCS pressure is lowering
- Pzr level is lowering
- Charging Pump speed is rising COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Diagnose LOCA and manually trip Rx STANDARD: The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually ___ SAT trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons.
The operator proceeds to EOP-E-0. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016.
The operator may manually trip the Reactor based on Attachment 3, Control Band and Trip Limit Guidance, of OMM-022, Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide.
If the operator does not manually trip, an automatic reactor trip will occur.
Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: CHECK Reactor Trip:
Reactor Trip AND Bypass Breakers OPEN Rod position indicators FULLY INSERTED Rod Bottom Lights ILLUMINATED ___ SAT Neutron Flux LOWERING (EOP-E-0 Step 1)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Rx is tripped.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: CHECK Turbine Trip:
Both Turbine Stop Valves CLOSED All MSR Purge AND Shutoff Valves CLOSED ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 2)
STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Turbine ___ UNSAT is tripped.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: CHECK Power To AC EMERGENCY BUSSES:
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: CHECK SI Status:
CHECK if SI is actuated:
SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED ___ SAT OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI annunciators are LIT, and proceeds.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step).
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: CHECK BOTH trains of SI actuated:
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b)
STANDARD: The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Green status lights ___ UNSAT are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
The operator proceeds to the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Manually ACTUATE SI by depressing BOTH SI pushbuttons.
(EOP-E-0 Step 4.b RNO) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator presses BOTH SI pushbuttons. ___ SAT The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator does not address EOP-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range.
- The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure.
- A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6.
- You are the OATC.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003.
- The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM E Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A large break LOCA has occurred.
- The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
- RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation.
Task Standard: The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN.
Required Materials: None General
References:
EOP-ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation), Rev 0 EOP-ES-1.4 (Transfer to Long Term Recirculation), Rev 0 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4.
Time Critical Task: YES - Siemens fuel Analysis for LBLOCA, ESR 99- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy-Back Mode)
Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 3 This step is critical because placing the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows:
- IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI-863A fails to OPEN)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation).
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Perform the following:
- Stop A Primary Water Pump and place in AUTO
- CLOSE FCV-114A and place in AUTO
- Place Controller FCV-114A in AUTO
- 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-604 (August, 2015).
- 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036, and Freeze Simulator.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect.
STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR ___ SAT APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES
___ UNSAT PERFORM the following:
MONITOR RHR Pit indications.
IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit.
GO TO Step 3.
(Step 1 and 1 RNO).
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria.
The operator observes APP-001-D4 and D5 are extinguished, and that LI-615 A and B are both less than 24 inches; and determines that there is no RHR Pit leakage and proceeds to Step 3.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: DETERMINE Needed RHR Alignment:
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE
___ SAT OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5.
(Step 3 and 3 RNO.)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in PIGGY-BACK Mode and proceeds to the Caution prior to Step 5.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Steps 5 through 8 must be performed without delay to minimize the time without flow through the core.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 3: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: STEP STOP ALL RHR Pumps (Step 5/5.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light ___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator observes the B RHR Pump Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will likely read through Steps 5-8 ahead of time before performing actions.
APP-001-A7, RHR HX LO FLOW, is an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
TIME CRITICAL START TIME: ________
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL CLOSE RHR HX Discharge Valves STEP RHR759A RHR759B (Step 5/5.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the RHR-759A Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light
___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator places the RHR-759B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL OPEN RHR Loop Recirc Valves STEP SI863A SI863B ___ SAT (Step 5/5.c)
STANDARD: The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch to OPEN and
___ UNSAT observes that the Green status light remains LIT and the Red status light remains OFF (Alternate Path - mitigated in subsequent steps).
The operator places the SI-863B Control Switch to OPEN and observes that the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: If operator reports the failure of SI-863A to OPEN, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI-863A to OPEN.
The operator may place the SI-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Opening SI866A AND SI866B, Hot Leg Injection Valves, with only one SI pump running will result in SI Pump runout.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve STEP (Step 6/6.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI-866A Red status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: STEP SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the SI-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light
___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator places the SI-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started.
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow:
CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED ___ SAT (Step 7/7.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow:
CHECK SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve OPEN (Step 7/7.b)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and determines that SI-863A is CLOSED (Alternate Path), and proceeds to Step 7.b RNO.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator has previously attempted to OPEN this valve, and it failed to OPEN. This procedure will address the compensatory actions now.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: CRITICAL PERFORM the following: STEP CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve.
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. ___ SAT CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve.
START RHR Pump B.
GO TO Step 8.
(Step 7/7.b RNO) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator places the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator proceeds to Step 8.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 11: START One SI Pump STEP (Step 8)
STANDARD: The operator places the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to ___ SAT START, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
TIME CRITICAL STOP TIME: ________ (Less than 6 Minutes)
STEP 12: CHECK Indicated Flow On The Appropriate Flow Meters:
PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow ___ SAT SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes FI-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm.
The operator observes FI-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: The operator should be sure that cavitation is taking place prior to transitioning to steps that attempt to mitigate screen blockage. The actions taken are beyond design basis AND should NOT be taken unless warranted. Stable indication on FI605 may also be used as an aid in determining if cavitation is present in subsequent steps when RHR759A OR RHR759B AND RHR 744A OR RHR744B are open.
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE PI602A PI602B ___ SAT (Step 10)
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator observes PI-602B to be 160 psig.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: DETERMINE If Flow Should Be Established To Cold Legs as follows:
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, ___ SAT Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION
___ UNSAT CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE
- FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW
STANDARD: The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig.
The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started.
The operator observes RHR discharge pressure to be steady at 150 psig (or equivalent), and determines that no RHR Pump cavitation is occurring.
The operator observes 0 gpm on FI-605.
The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator recognizes that SI-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: CHECK Time Since Hot Leg Recirculation Established GREATER THAN 16 HOURS WHEN 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> have elapsed, THEN GO TO Step 17. ___ SAT (Step 16 and 16 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br />, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Another operator will continue with this procedure EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A large break LOCA has occurred.
- The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
- RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM F Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F K/A
Reference:
006 A4.02 (4.0/3.8)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202.
- Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1.
Task Standard: The operator will refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OP-202 (Safety Injection and Containment Vessel Spray System), Rev 98 APP-002 (Engineering Safeguards), Rev 70 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: OP-202, Section 5.2.1 marked up as follows:
Step 5.2.1.1.a - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 1 - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 2 - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.c - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.d - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.e (1) and (2) - NAd Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the NORMAL position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Control power must be aligned to the valve to allow for RTGB operation).
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the OPEN position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Open valve to align flowpath to SI Accumulator).
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to the START position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Provides adequate flow and pressure to fill the SI Accumulator).
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-851C control switch to the OPEN position, and then closing it within limits is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (align fill path to appropriate accumulator and to secure filling at desired level).
Step 8 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to STOP and returning it to the MID position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (secure fill source and prevent operating on recirculation for an extended period).
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the CLOSED position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (realign SI-869 to its normal Mode 1 alignment).
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the DEFEAT position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (properly align SI-869 Control Power Defeat Switch as required for Mode 1).
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows:
- OPEN SI-852C
- WHEN APP-002-B4, SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL, is LIT, CLOSE SI-852C
- Check C SI Accumulator level at 64%
- 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-605 (August, 2015).
- 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Check open SI-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator C level. (ERFIS: QP ACCUM C)
The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP-002.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is in the CRITICAL NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in ___ SAT the NORMAL position and observes the Amber status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, ___ UNSAT report that all requested breakers are open.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE Based upon the numerous indications available to the Dedicated Operator of an SI actuation at the RTGB and the immediate response to isolate the SI Accumulator flowpath, an LCO declaration for SI Pump OR SI Flowpath Operability is NOT required.
The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF an SI actuation is received during filling, THEN IMMEDIATELY CLOSE the applicable SI Accumulator makeup valve AND PERFORM Step 5.2.1.2.m to restore the SI System lineup. (Step 5.2.1.d) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Open SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.e) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is ___ SAT OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Start an SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.f) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator will make an announcement regarding the pump start.
___ SAT The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the START position and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Starting the A SI Pump will cause APP-002-C3, BIT HDR HI PRESS, to alarm (Expected). The operator may address the APP.
The announcement of the Pump start is NOT critical BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: If the cooling unit for the train of the SI pump started is NOT operable, the opposite train unit can be started by placing its AUTO/RUN switch on the power supply breaker to RUN.
STEP 6: ENSURE at least one SI Pump Area Cooling unit (HVH-6A OR HVH-6B OR both) is operating. (Step 5.2.1.2.g)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator observes the HVH-6A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The HVH-6B Green status light is LIT.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The following are pressure and level limits/alarms for the SI Accumulators:
- High Pressure Alarm 646 psig
- Normal Operating Pressure 630 psig
- High Level Alarm 75 percent
- Low Level Alarm 67 percent CAUTION Filling the SI Accumulators can result in rapid indicated level changes due to the narrow span (approx. 14 inches) associated with the SI Accumulator level instruments and should be closely monitored.
STEP 7: IF SI Accumulator C is to be filled, THEN perform the following: CRITICAL (Step 5.2.1.2.j) STEP
- 1) Open SI-851C, MAKEUP.
- 2) Monitor the level and pressure of SI Accumulator C.
- 3) When desired level is obtained, then close SI-851C. ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and the Caution, and proceeds.
The operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ UNSAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes LI-928 and PI-929 and LI-930 and PI-931 during filling.
When the accumulator level is > 67% and < 75% and accumulator pressure is > 614 psig and < 646 psig, the operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-E4 will clear during the filling process.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Stop the operating SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.k) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the STOP position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red ___ SAT status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-C3 will clear when the A SI Pump is stopped.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 9: Verify both SI Pump Area Cooling units are OFF. (Step 5.2.1.2.l)
- 1) HVH-6A
- 2) HVH-6B
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-6A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the HVH-6B Green status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 10: Close SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.m) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light LIT and the Red status ___ SAT light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: In Mode 1, 2 OR 3 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the DEFEAT position. In Mode 5 OR 6 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the NORMAL position. In Mode 4 the position of the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is determined by GP-002 OR GP-007.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 in the position CRITICAL determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NA ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202.
- Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM G Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Remove Source Range Channel N- JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control 31 From Service Room JPM G K/A
Reference:
015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical.
- SR Channel N-31 has just failed low.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation.
- The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02.
Task Standard: The operator will remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OWP-011 (Nuclear Instrumentation), Rev 24 GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, Rev 105 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OWP-11.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 6 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because removing NI-31 from ERFIS Scan is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the N32, N35 or N36 is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Reset simulator to IC-8, (47.25 hours2.893519e-4 days <br />0.00694 hours <br />4.133598e-5 weeks <br />9.5125e-6 months <br /> tripped, Critical at 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />).
- 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 3. Perform the following:
- Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB
- Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps
- Rod Bank Select Switch to M
- Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps
- Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position
- Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position
- 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW)
- 5. Acknowledge alarms and stabilize the plant.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-606 (August, 2015).
- 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure.
(OWP-011, NI-5, Steps 1-7).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI-5 must be addressed.
The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial
___ UNSAT Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1.
Operator reviews Steps 2-7.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL REMOVE NI-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu)
The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu)
___ UNSAT The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm)
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This can be checked on ERFIS as follows:
Select F3 (Master Menu)
Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu)
Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display)
Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 3: Complete Step 8:
AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL - CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL START UP RATE CHANNEL SELECT Switch
- STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
STANDARD: The operator places the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the
___ SAT N32; records the selected instrument in the NI block position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Comparator and Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL LEVEL TRIP Switch STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Complete Step 8:
NIS TRIP BYPASS NI-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the NI-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: Complete Step 8:
HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI-5.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical.
- SR Channel N-31 has just failed low.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation.
- The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM H Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H K/A
Reference:
003 A4.03 (2.8/2.5)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg.
- The A RCP is running.
- It is intended to start the B RCP next.
- Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump.
- It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101.
Task Standard: The operator will start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General
References:
OP-101 (Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation), Rev 74 AD-OP-ALL-1000 (Conduct of Operations) Rev 4 AOP-018 (Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions), Rev 31 APP-001 (Miscellaneous NSSS), Rev 60 Technical Specification LCO 3.3.5 (Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation), Amendment 176 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.1 of OP-101 marked up through Step 8.1.1.2.y for this JPM.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the Briefing Room.
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the Bearing Lift Pump in the START position, and observing that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 6 This step is critical because after 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, placing the B RCP Control Switch to the START position is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 8 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 10 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows:
- IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT
- IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT
- IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL
- IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT.
- 3. Place in RUN execute Scenario File 006_JPM_H, and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Place PCV-455A in manual and close "B" Loop Spray Valve (PCV-455A).
- 5. Perform the actions of Section 8.1.1 of OP-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y.
- 6. Stabilize the plant.
- 7. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-607 (August, 2015).
- 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_H.
NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Events 1-4 when contacted by the operator at JPM Steps 2, 8 & 10.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTES ITS LCO 3.3.5 allows bypassing Degraded Grid Protection when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1.
Conservative operating principles have determined that bypassing the Degraded Grid Protection will only be permitted when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1 OR Mode 2. (NCR 151422)
Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422)
STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time.
(Step 8.1.1.2.z). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator records the time in the block provided.
The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered.
EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge report.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 2: IF degraded grid protection is in service, THEN DEFEAT the STEP degraded grid voltage protection as follows:
- On the front of Bus E-1, Cubicle 18A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the DEFEAT position. ___ SAT
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED.
- On the front of Bus E-2, Cubicle 28A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the ___ UNSAT DEFEAT position.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.aa).
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3.
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm.
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.1 has been completed When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.3 has been completed COMMENTS:
NOTE: Several starts / stops of the Bearing Oil Lift Pump may be required to prime the pump in a Motor where the Upper Reservoir has been drained and refilled.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: START the BRG LIFT PUMP AND CHECK the LIFT PRESSURE CRITICAL light ILLUMINATES. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.bb).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator places the Bearing Lift Pump B Control Switch in the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the
___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator addresses the CRS/SM about AOP-018 because of APP-001-E2, as the SM indicate that the performance of the procedure can be deferred.
EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-001-E2, RCP #1 SEAL LEAKOFF LO FLOW, alarms when the Bearing Oil Lift Pump is started.
This is because the pump start causes the B RCP shaft to be lifted affecting the #1 Seal on the B RCP, which will affect the #1 Seal Leakoff flows on the other RCPs.
The operator may address the APP, and may address AOP-018, Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions. If so, a NOTE on the Entry Conditions to AOP-018 states that IF RCP#1 Seal Leakoff flow is below 1 gpm due to plant conditions known to affect leakoff flow, the SM may defer procedure entry provided the #1 Seal Leakoff flow remains above 0.8 gpm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: IF RCP Oil Reservoir level annunciator is NOT EXTINGUISHED, THEN REFER to the appropriate Annunciator Procedure.
(Step 8.1.1.2.cc).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-001-E8, RCP B OIL RESERV HI/LO LVL, is EXTINGUISHED.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: NOTIFY RC that RCPs are to be started AND to monitor for changing radiological conditions.
(Step 8.1.1.2.dd). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts RC and makes notification.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As RC Supervisor, Acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Only one Reactor Coolant Pump is to be started at a time.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: WHEN the Brg Lift Pump has operated for a minimum of 2 minutes, CRITICAL THEN START the Reactor Coolant Pump. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.ee).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
The operator will make a plant announcement prior to starting the RCP.
___ UNSAT After 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, the operator places the B RCP Control Switch to the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator will observe FI-424 at 118%.
The operator will observe FI-425 at 118%.
The operator will observe FI-426 at 117%.
The operator will observe B RCP #1 Seal Leakoff on FR-154B to be 1.24 gpm.
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR-444 to be 360 psig.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: WHEN a minimum of 50 seconds has elapsed since the Reactor Coolant Pump was started, THEN STOP the BRG LIFT PUMP.
(Step 8.1.1.2.ff).
___ SAT STANDARD: After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the
___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Do NOT Restore the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection to NORMAL until the Amber indicating light is Extinguished.
NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 8: IF E-1 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to STEP NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows:
- Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT
- CHECK the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED.
- PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT
- REMOVE key.
- IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification.
- ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following:
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-7).
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6.
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time.
(Step 8.1.1.2.hh). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: IF E-2 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to CRITICAL NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: STEP
- Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT
- CHECK the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED.
- PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT
- REMOVE key.
- IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification.
- ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following:
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.ii).
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6.
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. ___ SAT (Step 8.1.1.2.jj).
STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided.
___ UNSAT The operator informs the CRS that the LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement may be able to be exited.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg.
- The A RCP is running.
- It is intended to start the B RCP next.
- Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump.
- It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM I Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Locally Establish AFW Flow from JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-the SDAFW Pump and Control S/G Plant JPM I Levels and Pressures K/A
Reference:
EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power.
- EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented.
- Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%.
- Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig
- The SDAFW Pump has just been started.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Task Standard: The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
General
References:
EOP-ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power), Rev 4 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because throttling the SDAFW Pump Discharge Valves is necessary to control AFW flow to the Steam Generators IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 3 This step is critical because closing IA-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE Flashlights AND ANY handtools needed are located with AOP/EOP/DSP Tool Kits.
The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis.
CRITICAL STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge STEP Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67%.
- AFWV214A S/G A ___ SAT
- AFWV214B S/G B
- AFWV214C S/G C (Step 1) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow.
AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OBSERVE NOTE Prior To Step 10 AND GO TO Step 10 (Step 2)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 10.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE IA297 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle at an elevation between the feed AND steam lines.
CRITICAL STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS STEP (Step 10)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator rotates the IA-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn)
EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN13 is located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator.
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY CRITICAL (Step 11) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator rotates the SDN-13 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN28 AND SDN29 are located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck.
STEP 5: UNLOCK AND CLOSE SDN29, STEAM LINE PORV NITROGEN CRITICAL B/U TO IA TELLTALE DRAIN STEP (Step 12)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-29 handwheel in the ___ UNSAT clockwise direction.
AS-FOUND: Locked OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn)
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-29 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
STEP 6: UNLOCK AND OPEN SDN28, NITROGEN BACKUP TO STEAM CRITICAL LINE PORVS STEP (Step 13)
STANDARD: The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-28 handwheel in the ___ SAT counter-clockwise direction.
AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-28 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: IA423 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck.
STEP 7: UNLOCK AND OPEN IA423, NITROGEN TO STEAM LINE PORVS CRITICAL (Step 14) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator unlocks and rotates the IA-423 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-423 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
STEP 8: NOTIFY The Control Room Of The Following:
- S/G level is under control locally ___ SAT
- The S/G Steam Line PORVs have N2 supplied for motive air (Step 15/15.a and b)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and makes the ___ UNSAT notifications.
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: When MCC5 is energized, the Control Room will feed S/G A AND S/G C.
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67%
S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and ___ UNSAT reports that the Attachment is complete.
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power.
- EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented.
- Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%.
- Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig
- The SDAFW Pump has just been started.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM J Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J K/A
Reference:
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered.
- The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled
- The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented.
Initiating Cue:
- The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed.
Task Standard: The operator will start IA Compressors A and B and align their discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
General
References:
AOP-017 (Loss of Instrument Air), Rev 43 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors A and B in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors A and B discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE IA3821 is located on IA Dryer D.
Operator Aid 97OP35 to supply Station Air to Instrument Air is located in the Aux Bldg hallway on the Station Air Receiver.
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following:
CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service:
SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN ___ SAT AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that SA-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO.
AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OPEN SA1 AND PLACE the Station Air Compressor Function switch to ON.
IF the Station Air Compressor is still NOT available for service, THEN ___ SAT GO TO Step 8.d.
(Step 8.a RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that SA-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d.
AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 3: CHECK IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS OPEN (Step 8.d)
STANDARD: The operator observes IA-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step ___ SAT 8.d RNO.
AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: OPEN IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS.
(Step 8.d RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA-18 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: CHECK the following Compressors RUNNING
- INST AIR COMP A
- INST AIR COMP B ___ SAT (Step 8.e)
STANDARD: The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the IA Compressor B Control Switch.
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: START the following compressors: CRITICAL
- INST AIR COMP A STEP
- INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL.
___ UNSAT The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL.
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: CHECK FCV1740, AIR DRYER HIGH DP FLOW CONTROL valve OPEN (Step 8.f)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes FCV-1740.
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be verified opened indicate the position indicator is down indicating closed.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: OPEN IA3665, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. CRITICAL (Step 8.f RNO) STEP STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter- ___ SAT clockwise direction.
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn)
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 9: OPEN IA3821, INSTRUMENT AIR DRYER "D" BYPASS (Step 8.g)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA-3821 be OPENED. ___ SAT AS FOUND: NA
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As the Outside AO, indicate that IA-3821 is OPEN.
EXAMINERS NOTE: IA-3821 is located on the D IA dryer.
COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered.
- The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled
- The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented.
INITIATING CUE:
- The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM K Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Loss of North SW Header in the JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Auxiliary Building Plant JPM K K/A
Reference:
APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header.
- The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Task Standard: The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
Laser pointer or flashlight General
References:
AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water), Rev 35 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Plant Drawing G-190199 (Service & Cooling Water Flow Diagram) Rev 72 Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because closing either SW-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header.
Step 2 This step is critical because closing SW-740 and SW-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing Instrument Air Compressor B in OFF is necessary to prevent damage to the compressor.
Step 7 This step is critical because cross-connecting the Booster Pump Suction is necessary to isolate the leak and align cooling water to critical loads (SW-25 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak, SW-26 and SW-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank).
Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs).
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress.
NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building.
STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building CRITICAL Hallway : STEP
- SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated)
- SW-19, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated)
(Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls either the SW-18 or SW-19 chain operator to rotate valve handwheel in the clockwise direction, and observes the area for water.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Are Open EXAMINERS CUE: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2.
After locating and describing how either valve would be closed then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full clockwise and the pointer indicates Closed.
IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The valve handwheels face opposite directions.
Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE SW-102 is located overhead East of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support.
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: CRITICAL STEP
- SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return
- SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Open (SW-740 Pointer Indicates POS 1 And SW-102 Stem Is Fully Withdrawn).
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how both valves would be closed, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW-740 pointer indicates Closed and the SW-102 stem is fully inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support.
SW-102 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Notify Control Room Personnel That Steps 1 And 2 of Attachment 6 Are Complete (Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports Steps 1 and 2 of Attachment 6 are complete.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS then acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Place Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch In The OFF CRITICAL Position STEP (Step 4)
STANDARD: The operator places the Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch in OFF position
___ SAT AS FOUND: IA Compressor B Control Switch is in AUTO EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the B IA compressor would be placed in OFF indicate the ___ UNSAT Control Sswitch has been rotated to the middle position OFF.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Subsequent actions to cross-connect cooling water to plant components should not be performed if the leak will be reinitiated.
NOTE SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux Bldg, is located in Auxiliary Building hallway, midway between Instrument Air Dryers A and B, above third cable tray.
STEP 5: Check leak location - Downstream of SW-53.
(Step 5)
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes the area for water and determines (After ___ SAT Cue) leak is NOT Downstream of SW-53 and goes to step 5 RNO which goes to Step 9 AS FOUND: NONE ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: WHEN asked for leak location, indicate the leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may refer to P&ID for Service Water or Operator Aid 03-OP-02 from AOP-022 book at IAO desk COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Check Leak Location - Upstream of SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pump (Step 9)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines the leak is upstream of SW-25.
AS FOUND: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Leak location was provided in previous step.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE
- SW Booster Pump B may be operated as required after the suction path is established from the South Service Water Header.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Cross-Connect SW Booster Pump Suction Supply As Follows: CRITICAL
- b. Open SW-26, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect
- c. Open SW-27, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect
- d. Close SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank
- e. Open SW-200A, SWBP "A" TO IVSW Tank Supply (Step 10) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-25, and rotates the handwheel clockwise.
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-26, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise.
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-27, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise.
The operator rotates the SW-503 handwheel clockwise.
The operator rotates the SW-200A handwheel counter-clockwise.
AS FOUND: SW-25 & SW-503, OPEN SW-26, SW-27 & SW-200A, CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full counter-clockwise and the stem is fully withdrawn for the OPEN valves and rotated full clockwise with the stem fully inserted for the CLOSED valves SW-26 and 200A is located above the A SW Booster Pump.
SW-503 is located above the vent duct above the B SW Booster Pump, and requires a ladder.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Notify Control Room Personnel That Step 10 Is Complete And SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply SW Booster Pump B (Step 11)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports SW has been cross-connected to supply SW Booster Pump B.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE
- SW-83, Diesel Supply Cross-Connect, is located at the North end of Emergency Diesel Generator A.
- Cross-connecting Service Water to the Emergency Diesel Generators will also cross-connect Service Water to HVH-6B, HVH-8B, and Instrument Air Compressor B.
- A ladder is required for access to SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux BLDG.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Cross-Connect Service Water Supply To EDGs AS Follows: CRITICAL STEP
- a. Close SW-53
- b. Open SW-83 (Step 12)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
AS FOUND: SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room.
There is a label identifying the location of SW-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B.
SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway).
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: Notify Control Room Personnel That SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment:
- EDG B
- Instrument Air Compressor B ___ SAT
- HVH-6B
- HVH-8B (Step 13)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 11: Notify Control Room Personnel That Attachment 6 Is Complete (Step 14)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment ___ SAT 6 is complete AS FOUND: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge that Attachment 6 is complete EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header.
- The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM A Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Operation With High Switchyard JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Voltage Room JPM A (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
062 A2.08 (2.7/3.0)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- Plant is at 100% power.
- Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts.
- AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21.
- You are the BOP.
- D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO.
- The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
- The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Task Standard: The operator will transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3) in an effort to lower Switchyard Voltage; and when Breaker 50/20 fails to automatically OPEN, the operator will manually open it per AOP-31. Ultimately, the voltage on 480V Bus E-2 will be lowered to less than 502 volts.
Required Materials: None General
References:
AOP-31 (Operation with High Switchyard Voltage), Rev 15 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Control Room Copy of AOP-31 marked up for this JPM to Step 21.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 21 This step is critical because inserting the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Step 22 This step is critical because placing the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Step 24 This step is critical because momentarily placing the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position is necessary to transfer 4KV Bus 4 & 5 from the UAT to the SUT (via 4KV Bus 3).
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 27 This step is critical because depressing the THINK pushbutton and placing the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position is necessary to manually open Breaker 50/20.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 22 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ A as follows:
- ICO V4160B4BRK20 f:TRIP_FAIL, (Breaker 52/20 Fails to Auto OPEN)
- IMF EPS09 f:239.25, (Overvoltage on Bus E-2; > 506 Volts, due to High Switchyard Voltage)
- (Conditional) $006_52_20_TRIP DCO V4160B4BRK20 (Remove Breaker 52/20 failure on Control Switch to TRIP)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Execute Scenario File 006_JPM_ A
- 5. Ensure that the following components are aligned:
- C Charging Pump is RUNNING
- HVH-3 and HVH-4 are RUNNING
- HVA-1B is RUNNING
- HVH-5B is OFF
- HVE-2B is OFF
- 7. Perform the actions of AOP-31 up to Step 21.
- 8. Stabilize the plant.
- 9. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-600 (July, 2015).
- 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Check Emergency Bus E-2 Voltage - Greater than 505 Volts (Step 21).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes ERFIS (QP E1E2) and recognizes that Bus E-2 Voltage is approximately 506.5 volts.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: Transferring the following safety related components will cause voltage to rise. This step is designed to protect components.
STEP 2: Check Instrument Air as follows:
- a. Check Instrument Air Compressor B - Running in Manual
___ SAT (Step 22.a.)
RNO: Go to Step 23
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that Instrument Air Compressor B is in AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of IAC B, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that IACs A and B were in AUTO.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that IAC A and B are in AUTO.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: For conditions where it may not be possible to reduce emergency bus voltages below 505 volts AND running of the EDG is required to ensure that the EDG is operable, testing of the EDG may be performed with concurrence from the system engineer if the system engineer determines that such testing does not constitute a long term degradation risk.
STEP 3: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 23.a.)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that
___ UNSAT the Main Generator is ON Line.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- b. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING (Step 23.b.)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the B EDG Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that the B EDG is NOT running.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Check EDG B Status as Follows:
- 24. Check EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B - RUNNING ___ SAT (Step 23.b. RNO)
STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 24. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR B testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: Log the Time That Any of the Following Equipment Is OR Was Running Above 505 Volts.
- INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR B
- Fuel Oil Transfer Pump B (Step 24)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that NONE of these components are ___ UNSAT running.
EXAMINERS CUE: Inform operator that another operator will track the run times.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The B IAC is in AUTO and the B EDG is NOT RUNNING.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Check Load On Emergency Bus E HAS BEEN RAISED USING STEP 18.
(Step 25)
Go to Step 27 ___ SAT (Step 25 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been raised based on information given in the Initial Cue. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This would have been completed in Step 18 of AOP-031, which was bypassed.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 8: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows:
- a. Check Charging Pump C - Running
___ SAT (Step 27.a)
STANDARD: The operator observes the C Charging Pump Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF (Or equivalent) and concludes ___ UNSAT that Charging Pump C is running.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Raise Load On Emergency BUS E-2 As Follows:
- b. Verify CV RECIRC FANS - RUNNING
- HVH-3
___ SAT
- HVH-4 (Step 27.b)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-3 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running.
The operator observes the HVH-4 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-4 is running.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 10: Check CONT RM AIR HANDLING HVA-1B - RUNNING (Step 27.c)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVA-1 Red ON status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-3 is running.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: Check CRDM COOLING FAN, HVH-5B - RUNNING (Step 27.d)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator the HVH-5B observes the Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVH-5B is NOT RUNNING, and proceeds to the RNO. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 12: Transfer CRDM COOLING FANS as follows:
- 1. Start HVH-5B
- 2. Stop HVH-5A (Step 27.d RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVH-5B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT The operator places the HVH-5A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.3 Volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 13: Check AUX BLDG EXH FAN, HVE-2B - RUNNING (Step 27.e)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVE-2B Green OFF status light is LIT and concludes that HVE-2B is NOT running, and proceeds to the RNO.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 14: Transfer AUX BLDG EXH FANs as follows:
- 1) Start HVE-2B
- 2) Stop HVE-2A (Step 27.e RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the HVE-2B control switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is ___ UNSAT OFF.
The operator places the HVE-2A control switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: E-2 Voltage should lower to approx. 506.2 Volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: Check RHR - IN SERVICE.
(Step 27. f)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the plant is in Mode 1 and determines that RHR is NOT is IN SERVICE. The operator addresses the RNO and proceeds to Step 28.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 16: Check Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - GREATER THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 28)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes Bus E-2 Voltage on ERFIS to be greater than 505 Volts (506.2 volts).
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 17: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- a. Check Main Generator - ON LINE (Step 29.a)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the 52/8 and 52/9 Red status lights are LIT and Green status lights are OFF (or equivalent), and concludes that the Main Generator is ON Line. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 18: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- b. Check DSDG - RUNNING (Step 29.b)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO as stated in the Initial Cue. The operator addresses the ___ UNSAT RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests status of the DSDG, remind the operator that the Cue sheet stated that the DSDG was secured and aligned for AUTO.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the AO, as the AO, report that the DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 19: Check DSDG Status As Follows:
- b. RNO: Postpone DSDG testing while in this AOP. Go to Step 30.
(Step 29.b RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to step 30.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: If operator informs the CRS to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: If the operator contacts the System Engineer to postpone DSDG testing while in this procedure, acknowledge as the System Engineer.
COMMENTS:
STEP 20: Check 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52 OPEN (Step 30)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52-19 Green status light is LIT and Red status light is OFF, and determines that BKR 52-19 IS OPEN. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates OPEN (TRIP) by GREEN light lit.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 21: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- a. Insert the Synchroscope Key into 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch
___ SAT (Step 31.a)
STANDARD: The operator inserts the synchroscope key into 4 KV TIES ___ UNSAT Synchroscope Key Switch.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 22: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- b. Place the Synchroscope Switch to the BUS 3 & 4 position (Step 31.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch clockwise to the BUS 3 & 4 position. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 23: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- c. Verify the Synchroscope comes to approximately the 12 oclock position.
(Step 31.c)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the Synchroscope is pointing to the 12 oclock position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 24: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- d. Momentarily place the Control Switch for 4KV BUS 3-4 TIE, BKR 52/19 to the CLOSE position.
___ SAT (Step 31.d)
STANDARD: The operator momentarily places the control switch for BKR 52/19 ___ UNSAT to the CLOSE position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 17 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 25: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- e. Check BKR 52/19 - CLOSED (Step 31.e)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/19 Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52-19 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 26: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as follows:
___ SAT
- f. Check UNIT AUX TO 4 KV BUS 4 BKR, 52/20 - OPEN (Step 31.f)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes that the BKR 52/20 Red status light has remained LIT and the Green status light has remained OFF; and concludes that BKR 52/20 has remained in the CLOSED position (Alternate Path). The operator will address the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates CLOSED with RED light lit.
BKR 52/20 should have automatically opened when BKR 52/19 was CLOSED (A failure has prevented it from doing so).
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 18 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 27: Transfer 4160V BUS 4 to the STARTUP TRANSFORMER as CRITICAL follows: STEP
- f. RNO: Perform the following
- Simultaneously depress the THINK pushbutton AND ___ SAT place the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN position.
(Step 31.f RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses the THINK pushbutton and places the control switch for BKR 52/20 to the OPEN (TRIP) position, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: BKR 52/20 indicates OPEN (TRIP) with GREEN light lit. When this occurs Bus E-2 voltage will drop to 484.8 volts.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 19 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 28: Place the 4 KV TIES Synchroscope Key Switch to the mid position.
(Step 31.g)
STANDARD: The operator rotates the Synchroscope Switch counter-clockwise to
___ SAT the mid position.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 29: Check the following:
- Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS AND
- Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 505 VOLTS (Step 32) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts.
___ UNSAT The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts.
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 505 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 20 of 22 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 30: Check Voltage as Follows: (Continuous Action Step)
EXTINGUISHED AND
- Emergency BUS E-1 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS AND ___ UNSAT
- Emergency BUS E-2 Voltage - LESS THAN 502 VOLTS (Step 33)
STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-036-E3 is DARK.
The operator observes that WEST 115KV BUS VOLTAGE is 18.8 KV.
The operator observes that Bus E-1 voltage is 488.9 volts.
The operator observes that Bus E-2 voltage is 484.8 volts.
EXAMINERS CUE: When operator identifies that BOTH Bus E-1 and E-2 are less than 502 VOLTS inform the operator that this completes the JPM.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 21 of 22 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM A NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- Plant is at 100% power.
- Due to abnormal conditions on the Grid, 480V Bus E-2 currently exceeds 505 Volts.
- AOP-031, Operation with High Switchyard Voltage, has been completed up to step 21.
- You are the BOP.
- D IAC is in service with A and B IACs in AUTO.
- The DSDG is secured and aligned for AUTO.
- The Load on Emergency Bus E-1 has NOT been altered since entering this AOP.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to continue with AOP-031 until 480V Bus E-2 voltage is restored to less than 505 Volts.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM B Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
High Vibration on Main Turbine JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
045 A4.1 (3.1/2.9)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM).
Initial Conditions: The plant is stabilized at 37% power.
Initiating Cue: Monitor the plant and respond as required.
Task Standard: The operator will recognize that the Main Turbine must be tripped and attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine; and then manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed, all the while the reactor remains critical.
Required Materials: None General
References:
APP-008 (SW, CW and Turb Gen Aux), Rev 67 AOP-006 (Turbine Eccentricity/Vibration), Rev 21 AOP-007 (Turbine Trip Below P-8), Rev 16 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of AOP-006.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handout 2: Blank copy of AOP-007.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 8 This step is critical because simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons is necessary to attempt to manually trip the Main Turbine.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because depressing the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and the GV DOWN pushbutton is necessary to manually runback the Main Turbine until the Turbine Governor Valves are closed.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ B as follows:
- IOR diRPSDDI023TT f:AS-IS (Turbine Pushbutton Fails to Trip the Turbine)
- IMF TUR04E, delay:0; ramp:0:15; i: ASIS; f:60 (High Main Turbine Vibration > 14 mils) on Event # 1.
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-9, 37% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_B, and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-601 (July, 2015).
- 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_B.
NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Event 1 immediately after the operator takes the watch.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM).
START TIME:
BOOTH OPERATOR: Operate Event 1 within 5 seconds of applicant taking the watch.
STEP 1: Observe APP-008-A8, TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENT, alarm.
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator The operator addresses APP-008-A8.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBBLAD on ERFIS.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 2: IF caused by High Rotor Eccentricity, THEN REFER TO AOP-006.
(APP-008 A8, Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF caused by Rotor Position OR Differential Expansion, THEN STOP raising Turbine Load OR slow cylinder heating rate.
(APP-008 A8, Step 2) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: IF caused by High Vibration, THEN:
- 1) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 225°F for bearings TBFF (Thrust Bearing Front Face), TBRF (Thrust ___ SAT Bearing Rear Face), or bearings 7, 8 or 9 THEN REFER TO AOP-006.
- 2) IF bearing metal temperature is greater than or equal to 250°F on bearings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 THEN REFER TO AOP-006. ___ UNSAT
- 3) REFER TO AOP-006.
(APP-008 A8, Step 3)
STANDARD: The operator determines that alarm is due to high vibration on main Turbine, and addresses AOP-006.
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-006, provide Handout 1.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: NOTIFY Plant Personnel Of Procedure Entry Using Plant Page System (AOP-006 Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator makes an announcement indicating entry into AOP-006 Turbine Eccentricity Vibration.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: IF asked, the SM has made the announcement.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may ask the SM to make the announcement.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 6: CHECK Turbine Speed LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 600 RPM (AOP-006 Step 2)
OBSERVE NOTE prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5. ___ SAT (AOP-006 Step 2 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator observes that Turbine Speed is 1800 RPM, and ___ UNSAT proceeds to RNO, THEN proceeds to Note prior to Step 5.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: ERFIS plot GD TURBINE contains turbine bearing metal temperatures.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: CHECK Conditions Allow Continued Turbine Operation:
Bearing vibration levels on TURBINE GENERATOR SUPERVISORY RECORDER LESS THAN 14.0 MILS AND ___ SAT Bearings TBFF, TBRF, 7, 8 and 9 LESS THAN 225°F AND Bearings 1 through 6 LESS THAN 250°F (AOP-006 Step 5) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes that Turbine vibration is > 14 Mils, and proceeds to RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may call up GD TURBINE on ERFIS.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: PERFORM one of the following: CRITICAL STEP IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is extinguished, THEN TRIP the reactor AND GO TO EOPE0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection. ___ SAT OR IF REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is illuminated, THEN PERFORM the following:
TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing THINK and ___ UNSAT TURBINE TRIP push buttons.
GO TO AOP007, Turbine Trip Below P8.
(AOP-006 Step 5)
STANDARD: The operator observes that the REACTOR TRIP BLOCK P8 permissive light is LIT.
The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN).
The operator proceeds to AOP-007.
EXAMINERS CUE: When the operator locates AOP-007, provide Handout 2.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: CHECK Turbine Trip:
BOTH turbine stop valves CLOSED
___ SAT OR ALL governor valves CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 1)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator determines that that both Turbine Stop Valves and all Turbine Governor valves are OPEN and proceeds to the Step 1 RNO (Alternate Path).
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP Manually TRIP the turbine by simultaneously depressing the THINK and TURBINE TRIP pushbuttons.
___ SAT IF turbine will NOT trip, THEN RUNBACK turbine at maximum rate until Governor Valves are closed.
(AOP-007 Step 1 RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator simultaneously depresses THINK and TURBINE TRIP push buttons, and observes the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are OFF (Governor Valves are still OPEN), and the SL OPEN and SR OPEN Red status lights are LIT (Stop Valves are still OPEN).
The operator depresses the TURB MANUAL pushbutton and observe that the TURB MANUAL Red status light, the GV FAST White status light and the GV DOWN Red status light are LIT.
The operator depresses and holds the GV DOWN pushbutton until the GLU, GLL, GRU, and GRL CLOSED Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and releases.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: It is expected that the Steam Dump System will operate and the Control Rods will be driven inward in AUTO while this is occurring.
The operator may conclude that the attempt to manually trip the Turbine has already been made, and failed in AOP-006, and move directly to runback the Turbine without attempting to trip the Turbine a 2nd time. If this attempt is not made, and the operator runs back the Turbine Governor valves, the critical nature of this Step is still satisfied.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: CHECK MSR PURGE And SHUTOFF VALVES CLOSED (AOP-007 Step 2)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the Purge Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1-6-1A, 2A, 1B, and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator places the Shutoff Valve Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the 1333A, B, C and D and the 1-5-1A, 1B, 2A and 2B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF; and the Yellow RESET TIMER status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: One minute after the Governor Valves were CLOSED the 86BU will actuate and close the Turbine Stop Valves.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM B NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The plant is stabilized at 37% power.
INITIATING CUE: Monitor the plant and respond as required.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM C Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Restore PRT to Normal Operating JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Conditions Room JPM C (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
007 A1.01 (2.9/3.1)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed.
- PRT level is stable at 67%.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System.
- All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete.
Task Standard: The operator will refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103; and then diagnose and relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OP-103 (Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System), Rev 21 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OP-103 Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the briefing room.
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing a PW Pump control switch to START is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to OPEN is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 9 This step is critical because placing the RC-519A and B control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the RC-519C control switch to CLOSE is necessary to refill the PRT in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of OP-103.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 15 This step is critical because cycling RC-519C open and closed is necessary to relieve the hydraulic lock on RC-519B in accordance with Section 8.4.1 of OP-103.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 17 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ C as follows:
- IOR doRCSAAO212d e:006_RC_519AB_OPEN f:ON (Over-Ride RC-519B to OPEN when Switch taken to OPEN)
- IOR do CNMAOO086J e:006_519AB_OPEN f:OFF (Over-Ride RC-519A/B CIV Indication to OFF)
To be inserted after RC-519C is CLOSED during Initial Fill of PRT (JPM Step 12)
- $006_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doRCSAAO212D (Removes Over-Ride for RC-519B when RC-519C is OPEN)
- $600_RC_519C_OPEN DOR doCNMAOO086J (Removes Over-Ride on RC-519A/B CIV Indication)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_C and allow time to stabilize.
- 5. Verify PRT conditions as follows: 103°F temperature, 67% level and 3 psig pressure.
- 6. Stabilize the plant.
- 7. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-602 (July, 2015).
- 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ C NOTE: Booth Instructor verify that two additional overrides are available to be inserted at Step 11 of this JPM.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM) and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE:
PRT temperatures of greater than 120°F should be reduced by alternately adding Primary Water to the PRT and draining the PRT. (SER 93-007)
Maximum cooling effect can be achieved by leaving the added Primary Water in the PRT for at least 10 minutes prior to draining. (SER 93-007)
STEP 1: Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied:
- a. All prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete
- b. Pressurizer Relief Tank level is less than 80%. ___ SAT
- c. Draining the PRT is NOT in progress.
(Step 8.2.2.1)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator Verifies all initial conditions satisfied (Initial Cue).
EXAMINERS CUE: If asked, section 4.0 prerequisites are complete.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Operating two Primary Water Pumps can cause inadvertent filling of the RCS if the RCS is depressurized and vented through a PORV when two Primary Water Pumps are operating. Water may makeup to the RCS via the PRT spargers if the PRT is filled faster than it can vent.
STEP 2: Verify a Primary Water Pump is OPERATING. CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.2) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator observes the A and B Primary Water Pump Green status lights are LIT and the Red status lights are OFF, and determines that neither PW Pump is RUNNING.
___ UNSAT The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
OR The operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The A Primary Water Pump is in AUTO, set-up for Auto Makeup.
The operator may start either the A or the B Primary Water Pump.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Open RC-519C, PW TO PRT ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.3) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Open RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.4) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and HOLDS the RC-519A & B Control Switch to OPEN and observes the Red status lights are LIT and the Green status ___ SAT lights are OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Monitor PRT for rising level (Step 8.2.2.5)
STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%. ___ UNSAT It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 6: IF the expected rise in level does NOT occur, THEN stop filling AND investigate.
(Step 8.2.2.6)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes rising PRT level on LI-470 or ERFIS.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: The normal PRT Level band is 70-80%.
It is expected that APP-003-C3, PRT HI PRESS, is an expected alarm during this evolution.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: Increasing PRT level will cause PRT pressure to rise, possibly to the high pressure alarm setpoint of 5 psig.
STEP 7: Recognize/report PRT Hi Pressure alarm (APP-003 C3) received.
Monitors PRT pressure and reports value and that it is an expected alarm due to filling ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator checks PRT pressure >5 psig due to filling, informs the ___ UNSAT CRS it is an expected alarm EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report EXAMINERS NOTE: This is an expected alarm as the procedure note states. It is not expected that the operator will address the alarm and/or condition until after filling is completed. If the operator does address this alarm, if it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: WHEN PRT level is between 70% and 80%, THEN perform the following:
- a. Stop the Primary Water Pump
- b. Verify one Primary Water pump is in AUTO. ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.7a&b)
STANDARD: If the A Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and ___ UNSAT observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator places the A Primary Water Pump Control Switch to AUTO.
OR If the B Primary Water Pump was previously started, the operator places the B Primary Water Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Close RC-519A & B CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places and holds the RC-519A & B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the ___ SAT Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes that the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT (Alternate Path - Mitigated in a later Step). ___ UNSAT The operator reports to the CRS that RC-519B has not fully CLOSED.
EXAMINERS CUE: As CRS, acknowledge report If a request is made to cycle RC-519A & B to attempt to verify RC-519B operation, as CRS then respond no do not cycle the valve EXAMINERS NOTE: A single Control Switch controls both valves BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 10: Close RC-519C CRITICAL (Step 8.2.2.7d) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE ___ UNSAT BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: Insert the last two commands IAW 006_JPM_C File to remove over-rides once RC-519C is closed.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF PRT level is greater than or equal to 83% OR PRT temperature is greater than 120°F, THEN lower the PRT level in accordance with the appropriate Section of this procedure, Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Greater Than Or Equal to 200°F OR ___ SAT Draining the PRT When Pressurizer Temperature is Less Than 200°F. (Step 8.2.2.8)
STANDARD: The operator observes PRT level on LI-470 (or ERFIS) is <83% and ___ UNSAT PRT temperature on TI-471 (or ERFIS) is <120°F EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 12: IF RC-519A or RC-519B do NOT fully close, THEN relieve the hydraulic lock in accordance with the Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B Section of this procedure (Alternate Path - RC-519B Hydraulic Lock has previously occurred and is Mitigated Here). ___ SAT (Step 8.2.2.9)
STANDARD: The operator reviews the OP-103 Table Of Contents and determines that Section 8.4.1 is required, and proceeds to this section. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator addresses APP-003-C3 prior to addressing the hydraulic lock, when it decided to vent the PRT to reduce pressure, state that Another Operator will address this alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The RCS System Engineer WILL need to be NOTIFIED WHEN the following section is PERFORMED to relieve hydraulic lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B for Engineering Trending Purposes.
STEP 13: Relieving Hydraulic Lock on RC-519A AND RC-519B:
Verify the following initial conditions are satisfied:
- a. RC-519A & B, PW TO CV ISO, control switch is in the CLOSE position and one OR both valves indicate in mid position. ___ SAT (Step 8.4.1.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RC-519B Red and Green status lights are LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator notifies the CRS or the System Engineer, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: Verify the Post Accident Sampling System is NOT in operation.
(Step 8.4.1.b)
STANDARD: Operator verifies PASS is not operating ___ SAT EXAMINERS CUE: If asked about the status of this system, ask the operator what they would expect the status to be in the current plant condition. THEN, indicate that the ___ UNSAT system is as expected.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The PASS is ONLY operated under accident conditions, which do NOT exist.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 15: IF RC-519B is indicating in mid position, THEN cycle RC-519C, PW CRITICAL TO PRT ISO STEP (Step 8.4.2)
STANDARD: The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ SAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator places the RC-519C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF. ___ UNSAT The operator observes the RC-519B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator informs the CRS of the valve position change, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 17 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 16: IF RC-519A is indicating in mid position, THEN perform the following:
- a. Verify neither Primary Water Pump is OPERATING.
- b. Close breaker 15 on Power Panel 27.
- d. Open HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION.
- e. Close HCV-4176, CDT ISOLATION.
- f. Close HCV-4174, PZR RELIEF TANK ISOLATION.
- g. Open breaker 15 on Power Panel 27. ___ UNSAT (Step 8.4.1.3)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes the sub-steps under Section 8.4.1.3 are not applicable and annotates the steps with N/A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: Power Panel 27 is located on the west side of the PASS panel.
STEP 17: IF RC-519A OR RC-519B is still indicating mid position, THEN declare the valve out of service AND refer to ITS LCO 3.6.3.
(Step 8.4.1.4)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes this step is N/A and marks it N/A
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Inform the operator you will have another operator restore PRT pressure to normal EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 17 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM C NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- APP-003-D3, PRT HI/LO LEVEL, has alarmed.
- PRT level is stable at 67%.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to restore PRT level to normal IAW OP-103, Pressurizer Relief Tank Control System.
- All of the prerequisites of Section 4.0 are complete.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM D Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Reactor Startup with Ejected Control JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Rod Room JPM D (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
001 A1.06 (4.1/4.4)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range.
- The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure.
- A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6.
- You are the OATC.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003.
- The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems.
Task Standard: The operator will raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%. Then, the operator will manually trip or respond to an automatic reactor trip following the ejected rod and manually actuate Safety Injection by depressing both SI pushbuttons.
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General
References:
GP-003 (Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical), Rev 105 APP-004 (First Out Reactor Trips), Rev 18 EOP-E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), Rev 6 AOP-001 (Malfunction of Reactor Control System), Rev 33 AOP-016 (Excessive Primary Plant Leakage), Rev 23 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.4 of GP-003 marked up for this JPM to Step 8.4.6.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 12 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT position and maintaining plant parameters as required is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%.
Step 2 This step is critical because placing the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F is necessary to raise reactor power to the POAH and then stabilize power between 3-5%.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 9 This step is critical because pressing both SI actuation pushbuttons is necessary to manually actuate SI.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 13 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ D as follows:
- IMF SIS01A, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI A Fails to AUTO actuate)
- IMF SIS01B, 2: Failure_To_INITIATE, (SI B Fails to AUTO actuate O)
- Event 1: $006_ROD_EJECT IMF CRF05A f:2000, H-8 (Ejected Control Rod)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-1, 10-8amps IR.
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_D and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Ensure actions of GP-003 up to Step 8.4.6 are complete.
- 5. Stabilize the plant.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-603 (August, 2015).
- 2. Scenario File 006_JPM_ D
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE:
The Point Of Adding Heat (POAH) is that power level identified by NO control rod motion and:
- If MTC is negative, then SUR will be LOWERING
- If MTC is positive, then SUR will be RISING
- Onset of RCS temperature rise, Onset of PZR pressure rise, Onset PZR level rise.
- Reduction in AUTO Charging Pump speed demand.
- Rising indication of AUTO Steam Dump demand on PC-464B, Steam Header
- Pressure, when Steam Dumps are being used for RCS Temperature Control.
- Small rise in Steam Generator Steam flow.
CAUTION
- Startup Rate shall not exceed 1.0 dpm. Maximum Reactor power is 5%.
- The Point Of Adding Heat should be approached slowly and cautiously. When the MSIVs are closed, heat removal capability of the Main Steam Line drains is limited.
STEP 1: ADJUST Control Rod position as necessary to establish a positive CRITICAL SUR AND RAISE reactor power to the POAH. STEP (Step 8.4.7).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and Caution, and proceeds.
The operator withdrawals control rods by placing the Manual Rod
___ UNSAT Control Switch to the OUT position and adjusting Reactor Power to the Point of Adding Heat, Startup Rate does not exceed 1.0 dpm, Reactor Power does not exceed 5%.
The operator observes that SUR is lowering with RCS temperature rising, and determines that the POAH has been reached.
EXAMINERS CUE: As the operator announces each Control Rod withdrawal, as the CRS, acknowledge.
EXAMINERS NOTE: A second Steam Dump valve will open when temperature starts to rise.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ADJUST control rods as necessary to achieve the following while CRITICAL continuing with this procedure: STEP RCS Tavg between 547°F and 551°F ___ SAT Reactor Power 3% to less than or equal to 5%.
(Step 8.4.8).
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator places the Manual Rod Control Switch to the OUT and/or IN position as necessary to maintain Reactor Power between 3-5%, and Tavg between 547°F and 551°F.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: A third Steam Dump valve will open when Reactor power is between 2-3%.
APP-003-D4, TAVG-TREF DEV, may alarm while the operator is turning back power.
When Reactor Power reaches 3%, Control Rod H-8 will be ejected from the core (Alternate Path)
The following indications will be available to the operator:
- Several RTGB Annunciators alarm
- Rod Bottom light for Control Rod H-8 is LIT
- SUR is positive and rising
- Neutron flux is rising
- RCS pressure is lowering
- Pzr level is lowering
- Charging Pump speed is rising COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Diagnose LOCA and manually trip Rx STANDARD: The operator observes RTGB alarms and indications and manually ___ SAT trips the Rx by pressing one of two Rx Trip pushbuttons.
The operator proceeds to EOP-E-0. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may address one or more APPs, enter AOP-001, or AOP-016.
The operator may manually trip the Reactor based on Attachment 3, Control Band and Trip Limit Guidance, of OMM-022, Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide.
If the operator does not manually trip, an automatic reactor trip will occur.
Since the first four actions of EOP-E-0 are Immediate Actions, the operator may NOT address the procedure.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: CHECK Reactor Trip:
Reactor Trip AND Bypass Breakers OPEN Rod position indicators FULLY INSERTED Rod Bottom Lights ILLUMINATED ___ SAT Neutron Flux LOWERING (EOP-E-0 Step 1)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Rx is tripped.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: CHECK Turbine Trip:
Both Turbine Stop Valves CLOSED All MSR Purge AND Shutoff Valves CLOSED ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 2)
STANDARD: The operator observes parameters and determines that the Turbine ___ UNSAT is tripped.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: CHECK Power To AC EMERGENCY BUSSES:
CHECK Bus E1 OR E2 AT LEAST ONE ENERGIZED CHECK Bus E1 AND E2 BOTH ENERGIZED (EOP-E-0 Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes E-1/E-2 bus voltage and determines that both E-1 and E-2 are energized. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: CHECK SI Status:
CHECK if SI is actuated:
SI annunciators ANY ILLUMINATED ___ SAT OR SI equipment AUTO STARTED (EOP-E-0 Step 4/4.a)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI annunciators are LIT, and proceeds.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the SI annunciators are not lit, the operator will perform the step 4.a RNO (It is expected that the criteria to automatically actuate safety injection will either occur or be close to occurring during the performance of this step).
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: CHECK BOTH trains of SI actuated:
SI Pumps TWO RUNNING RHR Pumps BOTH RUNNING ___ SAT (EOP-E-0 Step 4.b)
STANDARD: The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Green status lights ___ UNSAT are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
The operator proceeds to the RNO.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 13 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Manually ACTUATE SI by depressing BOTH SI pushbuttons.
(EOP-E-0 Step 4.b RNO) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator presses BOTH SI pushbuttons. ___ SAT The operator observes the A and C SI Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the A and B RHR Pumps Red status lights are LIT, and Green status lights are EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: If the operator does not address EOP-E-0 but performs the actions from memory, AND the actions are NOT completed correctly, the operator may elect to address the procedure BEFORE indicating that the Immediate Actions are verified complete.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 13 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM D NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 10-8 amps in the Intermediate Range.
- The RCS is at normal operating temperature and pressure.
- A plant startup is in progress IAW GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, and complete through Step 8.4.6.
- You are the OATC.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to pull control rods to the POAH and stabilize reactor power between 3-5% by continuing with Step 8.4.7 of GP-003.
- The BOP will control Balance of the Plant Systems.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM E Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Rev_091515) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Transfer to Long Term Recirculation JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E (Alternate Path)
K/A
Reference:
EPE 011 EA1.11 (4.2/4.2)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A large break LOCA has occurred.
- The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
- RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation.
Task Standard: The operator will align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4, and align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN.
Required Materials: None General
References:
EOP-ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation), Rev 0 EOP-ES-1.4 (Transfer to Long Term Recirculation), Rev 0 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of EOP-ES-1.4.
Time Critical Task: YES - Siemens fuel Analysis for LBLOCA, ESR 99- 00273 indicates that the operator must Restore Core cooling flow within 6 minutes when transferring to Piggy-Back Mode (Maximum of 6 minutes of no flow when transferring to the Piggy-Back Mode)
Validation Time: 11 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 3 This step is critical because placing the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the RHR-759A and 759B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI-863B Control Switch to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 6 This step is critical because placing the SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN is OPEN is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-870A and B Control Switches to CLOSE is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align for Long Term Recirculation per EOP-ES-1.4.
Alternate Path Critical Step Justification Step 10 This step is critical because placing the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START is necessary to align only the B RHR Pump for operation when it is determined that SI-863A has failed to OPEN.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 19 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ E as follows:
- IOR diSISAAI201 f:CLOSE (RHR Loop Recirc SI-863A fails to OPEN)
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-28, (Cold Leg Recirculation).
- 3. Place in RUN, execute Scenario File 006_JPM_E and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Perform the following:
- Stop A Primary Water Pump and place in AUTO
- CLOSE FCV-114A and place in AUTO
- Place Controller FCV-114A in AUTO
- 5. Acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-604 (August, 2015).
- 2. Place Simulator in Run, acknowledge alarms on RR-1 and APP-036, and Freeze Simulator.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE: FOLDOUT for EOPES1.4 is in effect.
STEP 1: CHECK Condition Below ANY PRESENT APP001D4, RHR PIT A HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR ___ SAT APP001D5, RHR PIT B HIHI LEVEL ILLUMINATED OR EITHER RHR Pit level indication GREATER THAN 24 INCHES
___ UNSAT PERFORM the following:
MONITOR RHR Pit indications.
IF ANY of the RHR Pit level conditions noted occur, THEN GO TO EPP24, Isolation Of Leakage In The RHR Pump Pit.
GO TO Step 3.
(Step 1 and 1 RNO).
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator reviews the Foldout Page Criteria.
The operator observes APP-001-D4 and D5 are extinguished, and that LI-615 A and B are both less than 24 inches; and determines that there is no RHR Pit leakage and proceeds to Step 3.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: DETERMINE Needed RHR Alignment:
CHECK RHR System alignment IN PIGGYBACK MODE
___ SAT OBSERVE the CAUTION prior to Step 5 AND GO TO Step 5.
(Step 3 and 3 RNO.)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-863A and B Green status lights are LIT, and Red status lights are OFF (Or equivalent) and determines that RHR is NOT in PIGGY-BACK Mode and proceeds to the Caution prior to Step 5.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Steps 5 through 8 must be performed without delay to minimize the time without flow through the core.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 3: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: STEP STOP ALL RHR Pumps (Step 5/5.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the A RHR Pump Control Switch to STOP and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light ___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator observes the B RHR Pump Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will likely read through Steps 5-8 ahead of time before performing actions.
APP-001-A7, RHR HX LO FLOW, is an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
TIME CRITICAL START TIME: ________
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL CLOSE RHR HX Discharge Valves STEP RHR759A RHR759B (Step 5/5.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the RHR-759A Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light
___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator places the RHR-759B Control Switch to CLOSE and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: ALIGN Equipment To Obtain The Following Conditions: CRITICAL OPEN RHR Loop Recirc Valves STEP SI863A SI863B ___ SAT (Step 5/5.c)
STANDARD: The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch to OPEN and
___ UNSAT observes that the Green status light remains LIT and the Red status light remains OFF (Alternate Path - mitigated in subsequent steps).
The operator places the SI-863B Control Switch to OPEN and observes that the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: If operator reports the failure of SI-863A to OPEN, acknowledge as the CRS.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator should not stop the procedure, the procedure is designed to subsequently mitigate the failure of SI-863A to OPEN.
The operator may place the SI-863A Control Switch back to CLOSE.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Opening SI866A AND SI866B, Hot Leg Injection Valves, with only one SI pump running will result in SI Pump runout.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL OPEN SI866A, LOOP 3 HOT LEG INJ Valve STEP (Step 6/6.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator places the key-operated SI-866A Control Switch to OPEN and observes that SI-866A Red status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: ALIGN For Hot Leg Recirculation: CRITICAL CLOSE BIT Outlet Valves: STEP SI870A SI870B (Step 6/6.b) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the SI-870A Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light
___ UNSAT is OFF.
The operator places the SI-870B Control Switch to CLOSE, and observes that the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: RHR759A AND RHR759B, RHR HX Discharge Valves, are closed. The RHR Pumps will run deadheaded AND are subject to damage UNTIL the SI pumps are started.
STEP 8: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow:
CHECK RHR759A, RHR HX A DISCH Valve CLOSED ___ SAT (Step 7/7.a)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow:
CHECK SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve OPEN (Step 7/7.b)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and determines that SI-863A is CLOSED (Alternate Path), and proceeds to Step 7.b RNO.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator has previously attempted to OPEN this valve, and it failed to OPEN. This procedure will address the compensatory actions now.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: ESTABLISH Hot Leg Recirculation Flow: CRITICAL PERFORM the following: STEP CLOSE RHR759B, RHR HX B DISCH Valve.
OPEN SI863B, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve. ___ SAT CLOSE SI863A, RHR LOOP RECIRC Valve.
START RHR Pump B.
GO TO Step 8.
(Step 7/7.b RNO) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator places the SI-863A Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator places the B RHR Pump Control Switch to START and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator proceeds to Step 8.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 11: START One SI Pump STEP (Step 8)
STANDARD: The operator places the A or C SI Pump Control Switch to ___ SAT START, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
TIME CRITICAL STOP TIME: ________ (Less than 6 Minutes)
STEP 12: CHECK Indicated Flow On The Appropriate Flow Meters:
PATH FLOW METERS SI-866B FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-933, SI Loop 2 Hot Leg Flow ___ SAT SI-866A FI-940, SI Hot Leg Header Flow FI-932, SI Loop 3 Hot Leg Flow (Step 9)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator observes FI-940 and determines flow to be 640-680 gpm.
The operator observes FI-932 and determines flow to be 580-600 gpm.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION: The operator should be sure that cavitation is taking place prior to transitioning to steps that attempt to mitigate screen blockage. The actions taken are beyond design basis AND should NOT be taken unless warranted. Stable indication on FI605 may also be used as an aid in determining if cavitation is present in subsequent steps when RHR759A OR RHR759B AND RHR 744A OR RHR744B are open.
STEP 13: CHECK RHR Pump Discharge Pressure STABLE PI602A PI602B ___ SAT (Step 10)
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution, and proceeds. ___ UNSAT The operator observes PI-602B to be 160 psig.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 16 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 14: DETERMINE If Flow Should Be Established To Cold Legs as follows:
CHECK RCS pressure LESS THAN 275 PSIG CHECK RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow indicated in EOPES1.3, ___ SAT Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation CHECK CV Sump Screen status HAS REMAINED CLEAR DURING RECIRCULATION
___ UNSAT CHECK ALL of the following AVAILABLE
- FI605, RHR TOTAL FLOW
STANDARD: The operator observes PR-444 (or equivalent) to be 5 psig.
The operator recalls that 3000 gpm of flow existed in the Cold Legs before this procedure started.
The operator observes RHR discharge pressure to be steady at 150 psig (or equivalent), and determines that no RHR Pump cavitation is occurring.
The operator observes 0 gpm on FI-605.
The operator observes the RHR-759A Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the RHR-759B Green status light is LIT, and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863B Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes the SI-863A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator recognizes that SI-863A is NOT available, and proceeds to Step 16.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 17 of 19 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 15: CHECK Time Since Hot Leg Recirculation Established GREATER THAN 16 HOURS WHEN 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> have elapsed, THEN GO TO Step 17. ___ SAT (Step 16 and 16 RNO)
STANDARD: The operator recognizes that the procedure must be stopped for 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br />, and reports that the procedure must be placed on hold. ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Another operator will continue with this procedure EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 18 of 19 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM E NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A large break LOCA has occurred.
- The plant is currently on Cold Leg Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
- RHR Cold Leg Recirculation flow is 3000 gpm.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to transfer to Long Term Recirculation IAW EOP-ES-1.4, Transfer to Long Term Recirculation.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM F Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Fill a Safety Injection Accumulator JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F K/A
Reference:
006 A4.02 (4.0/3.8)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202.
- Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1.
Task Standard: The operator will refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OP-202 (Safety Injection and Containment Vessel Spray System), Rev 98 APP-002 (Engineering Safeguards), Rev 70 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: OP-202, Section 5.2.1 marked up as follows:
Step 5.2.1.1.a - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 1 - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.b Bullet 2 - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.c - NAd Step 5.2.1.1.d - Initialed Step 5.2.1.1.e (1) and (2) - NAd Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the NORMAL position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Control power must be aligned to the valve to allow for RTGB operation).
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the OPEN position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Open valve to align flowpath to SI Accumulator).
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to the START position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (Provides adequate flow and pressure to fill the SI Accumulator).
Step 7 This step is critical because placing the SI-851C control switch to the OPEN position, and then closing it within limits is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (align fill path to appropriate accumulator and to secure filling at desired level).
Step 8 This step is critical because placing the SI Pump A control switch to STOP and returning it to the MID position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (secure fill source and prevent operating on recirculation for an extended period).
Step 10 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 control switch to the CLOSED position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (realign SI-869 to its normal Mode 1 alignment).
Step 11 This step is critical because placing the SI-869 Normal/Defeat switch in the DEFEAT position is necessary to refill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm without exceeding specified limits (properly align SI-869 Control Power Defeat Switch as required for Mode 1).
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 15 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Reset simulator to IC-5, 100% Power.
- 2. Lower the C SI Accumulator Level as follows:
- OPEN SI-852C
- WHEN APP-002-B4, SI ACCUM C HI/LO LVL, is LIT, CLOSE SI-852C
- Check C SI Accumulator level at 64%
- 3. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-605 (August, 2015).
- 2. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 3. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Check open SI-856A, SI PUMP RECIRC and SI-856B, SI PUMP RECIRC (Steps 5.2.1.2.a and b).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes SI-856A and B RED lights are LIT and the Green status lights are OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use ERFIS to monitor SI Accumulator C level. (ERFIS: QP ACCUM C)
The Control Switches for these valves are located on the CV Sump Recirc Panel on the apron section of the RTGB below APP-002.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is in the CRITICAL NORMAL position (Step 5.2.1.c) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in ___ SAT the NORMAL position and observes the Amber status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator requests an AO check breaker status, ___ UNSAT report that all requested breakers are open.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE Based upon the numerous indications available to the Dedicated Operator of an SI actuation at the RTGB and the immediate response to isolate the SI Accumulator flowpath, an LCO declaration for SI Pump OR SI Flowpath Operability is NOT required.
The following step is a continuous action step which shall be performed when the stated condition is met.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: IF an SI actuation is received during filling, THEN IMMEDIATELY CLOSE the applicable SI Accumulator makeup valve AND PERFORM Step 5.2.1.2.m to restore the SI System lineup. (Step 5.2.1.d) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator reads step and acknowledges continuous actions step in the event of an SI actuation.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Open SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.e) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the OPEN position and observes the Red status light LIT and the Green status light is ___ SAT OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 5: Start an SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.f) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator will make an announcement regarding the pump start.
___ SAT The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the START position and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Starting the A SI Pump will cause APP-002-C3, BIT HDR HI PRESS, to alarm (Expected). The operator may address the APP.
The announcement of the Pump start is NOT critical BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: If the cooling unit for the train of the SI pump started is NOT operable, the opposite train unit can be started by placing its AUTO/RUN switch on the power supply breaker to RUN.
STEP 6: ENSURE at least one SI Pump Area Cooling unit (HVH-6A OR HVH-6B OR both) is operating. (Step 5.2.1.2.g)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator observes the HVH-6A Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The HVH-6B Green status light is LIT.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: The following are pressure and level limits/alarms for the SI Accumulators:
- High Pressure Alarm 646 psig
- Normal Operating Pressure 630 psig
- High Level Alarm 75 percent
- Low Level Alarm 67 percent CAUTION Filling the SI Accumulators can result in rapid indicated level changes due to the narrow span (approx. 14 inches) associated with the SI Accumulator level instruments and should be closely monitored.
STEP 7: IF SI Accumulator C is to be filled, THEN perform the following: CRITICAL (Step 5.2.1.2.j) STEP
- 1) Open SI-851C, MAKEUP.
- 2) Monitor the level and pressure of SI Accumulator C.
- 3) When desired level is obtained, then close SI-851C. ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note and the Caution, and proceeds.
The operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to OPEN and ___ UNSAT observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes LI-928 and PI-929 and LI-930 and PI-931 during filling.
When the accumulator level is > 67% and < 75% and accumulator pressure is > 614 psig and < 646 psig, the operator places the SI-851C Control Switch to CLOSE and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-E4 will clear during the filling process.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Stop the operating SI Pump. (Step 5.2.1.2.k) CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: The operator places the A SI Pump Control Switch in the STOP position and observes the Green status light is LIT and the Red ___ SAT status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-002-C3 will clear when the A SI Pump is stopped.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 9: Verify both SI Pump Area Cooling units are OFF. (Step 5.2.1.2.l)
- 1) HVH-6A
- 2) HVH-6B
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the HVH-6A Green status light is LIT and the Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes the HVH-6B Green status light is LIT and the ___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 10: Close SI-869, SI HOT LEG HDR. (Step 5.2.1.2.m) STEP STANDARD: The operator places the SI-869 Control Switch in the CLOSE position and observes the Green status light LIT and the Red status ___ SAT light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE: In Mode 1, 2 OR 3 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the DEFEAT position. In Mode 5 OR 6 the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 should be in the NORMAL position. In Mode 4 the position of the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 is determined by GP-002 OR GP-007.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 15 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: ENSURE the Control Power Defeat switch for SI-869 in the position CRITICAL determined by plant status. (Step 5.2.1.2.n) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator places the SI-869 NORMAL/DEFEAT key switch in the DEFEAT position and observes the Amber status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NA ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Key switch for SI-869 is located in the rear of the RTGB on the ECCS VALVES CONTROL POWER DEFEAT PANEL.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 15 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM F NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- You are the Licensed Dedicated Operator referred to in OP-202.
- Safety Injection Pump A has been walked down and pre-start checks are complete.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has briefed and directed you to fill SI Accumulator C to reset the low level alarm IAW OP-202, Section 5.2.1.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM G Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Remove Source Range Channel N- JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control 31 From Service Room JPM G K/A
Reference:
015 A4.03 (3.8/3.9)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical.
- SR Channel N-31 has just failed low.
Initiating Cue:
- The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation.
- The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02.
Task Standard: The operator will remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Required Materials: None General
References:
OWP-011 (Nuclear Instrumentation), Rev 24 GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical, Rev 105 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of OWP-11.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 6 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because removing NI-31 from ERFIS Scan is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the N32, N35 or N36 is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
Step 5 This step is critical because placing the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position is necessary to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW NI-5 of OWP-011.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Reset simulator to IC-8, (47.25 hours2.893519e-4 days <br />0.00694 hours <br />4.133598e-5 weeks <br />9.5125e-6 months <br /> tripped, Critical at 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />).
- 2. Place in RUN and allow time to stabilize.
- 3. Perform the following:
- Rod Bank Select Switch to SBB
- Withdrawal SBB rods to 225 Steps
- Rod Bank Select Switch to M
- Withdrawal CBA rods to 22 Steps
- Place Audio Count Rate Selector in the N31 position
- Place the Startup Rate Channel Select Switch in the N31 position
- 4. Insert Malfunction NIS01A, Final: 1 (SR N-31 fails LOW)
- 5. Acknowledge alarms and stabilize the plant.
- 6. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-606 (August, 2015).
- 2. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
STEP 1: Obtain and review the procedure.
(OWP-011, NI-5, Steps 1-7).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reviews Handout 1 and identifies that NI-5 must be addressed.
The operator verifies that Revision 24 is the latest revision (Initial
___ UNSAT Cue), and prints their name, signs and dates Step 1.
Operator reviews Steps 2-7.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may use Green Dots to flag the expected annunciators.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL REMOVE NI-31 from ERFIS SCAN: NIN0031A. STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator selects F3 on ERFIS (Master Menu)
The operator selects ADMIN (Administrative Functions Menu)
___ UNSAT The operator selects DR (Del/Res Point From/To Sacn or Alarm)
The operator depresses the DELETE SCAN pushbutton The operator enters Point I.D. NIN0031A EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This can be checked on ERFIS as follows:
Select F3 (Master Menu)
Select REAL (Real Time Data Menu)
Select DBO (Point Information/Value Display)
Enter NNI0031A Observe QUALITY to be DEL BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 3: Complete Step 8:
AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL - CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls and rotates the Audio Count Rate Channel Selector Switch counter-clockwise to the N32 position, and initials the Selected to SR 32 block on the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Audio Count Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL START UP RATE CHANNEL SELECT Switch
- STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
STANDARD: The operator places the Start Up Rate Channel Select Switch to the
___ SAT N32; records the selected instrument in the NI block position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: This switch is on the Comparator and Rate Drawer BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: Complete Step 8: CRITICAL LEVEL TRIP Switch STEP (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-31 Level Trip Bypass Switch to the BYPASS position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-D4, NIS TRIP/DROP ROD BYPASS, as an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Complete Step 8:
NIS TRIP BYPASS NI-31 Status Light (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes the NI-31 LEVEL TRIP BYPASS status light is LIT and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: Complete Step 8:
HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN Switch (NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the NI-High Flux At Shutdown Switch to the BLOCK position, and initials the NI-5 Valve, Breaker, Switch Lineup.
The operator signs and dates Step 8 of NI-5.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator will acknowledge APP-005-B1, HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALARM BLOCK, as an expected alarm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM G NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-003, Normal Plant Startup From Hot Shutdown to Critical.
- SR Channel N-31 has just failed low.
INITIATING CUE:
- The CRS has directed you to remove SR Channel N-31 from service IAW OWP-011, Nuclear Instrumentation.
- The latest Revision of OWP-011 has been verified to be Rev 24, and the associated Work Request is 16-02.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SIM JPM H Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Start a Reactor Coolant Pump JPM No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H K/A
Reference:
003 A4.03 (2.8/2.5)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: X Classroom Simulator X Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg.
- The A RCP is running.
- It is intended to start the B RCP next.
- Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump.
- It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101.
Task Standard: The operator will start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Required Materials: None 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet General
References:
OP-101 (Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation), Rev 74 AD-OP-ALL-1000 (Conduct of Operations) Rev 4 AOP-018 (Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions), Rev 31 APP-001 (Miscellaneous NSSS), Rev 60 Technical Specification LCO 3.3.5 (Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation), Amendment 176 Handouts: Handout 1: Section 8.1 of OP-101 marked up through Step 8.1.1.2.y for this JPM.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 11 minutes NOTE: This JPM should be pre-briefed in the Briefing Room.
Critical Step Justification Step 2 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 3 This step is critical because placing the Bearing Lift Pump in the START position, and observing that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 6 This step is critical because after 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, placing the B RCP Control Switch to the START position is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 8 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
Step 10 This step is critical because contacting the AO and directing the performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6. is necessary to start the B RCP IAW OP-101.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 16 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
- 1. Construct Scenario File 006_JPM_ H as follows:
- IRF EPSL007 f:DEFEAT
- IRF EPSL008 f:DEFEAT
- IRF EPSL007 f:NORMAL
- IRF EPSL008 f:NORMAL
- 2. Reset simulator to IC-35, 0% Power, Mode 3 at NOP/NOT.
- 3. Place in RUN execute Scenario File 006_JPM_H, and allow time to stabilize.
- 4. Place PCV-455A in manual and close "B" Loop Spray Valve (PCV-455A).
- 5. Perform the actions of Section 8.1.1 of OP-101 up to Step 8.1.1.2.y.
- 6. Stabilize the plant.
- 7. Freeze the Simulator.
- 1. Reset Simulator to Temporary Snap IC-607 (August, 2015).
- 2. Open Scenario File 006_JPM_H.
NOTE: Booth Instructor will need to operate Events 1-4 when contacted by the operator at JPM Steps 2, 8 & 10.
- 3. Perform Attachment 2 (Simulator Setup For Exams) of TAP-411.
- 4. Place Simulator in Run when Operator assumes the watch.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTES ITS LCO 3.3.5 allows bypassing Degraded Grid Protection when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1.
Conservative operating principles have determined that bypassing the Degraded Grid Protection will only be permitted when the Unit is NOT in Mode 1 OR Mode 2. (NCR 151422)
Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is limited to one hour in the DEFEAT position before it shall be returned to NORMAL. (NCR 151422)
STEP 1: IF required, THEN ENTER LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, AND RECORD time.
(Step 8.1.1.2.z). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator records the time in the block provided.
The operator informs the CRS that LCO 3.3.5 may need to be entered.
EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge report.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 2: IF degraded grid protection is in service, THEN DEFEAT the STEP degraded grid voltage protection as follows:
- On the front of Bus E-1, Cubicle 18A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the DEFEAT position. ___ SAT
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED.
- On the front of Bus E-2, Cubicle 28A, INSTALL key in the DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE keylock switch AND PLACE in the ___ UNSAT DEFEAT position.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is ILLUMINATED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.aa).
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.aa.1&3.
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm.
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is LIT and is an expected alarm.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.1 has been completed When directed, defeat Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.aa.3 has been completed COMMENTS:
NOTE: Several starts / stops of the Bearing Oil Lift Pump may be required to prime the pump in a Motor where the Upper Reservoir has been drained and refilled.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: START the BRG LIFT PUMP AND CHECK the LIFT PRESSURE CRITICAL light ILLUMINATES. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.bb).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator places the Bearing Lift Pump B Control Switch in the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the
___ UNSAT Green status light is OFF.
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is LIT.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator addresses the CRS/SM about AOP-018 because of APP-001-E2, as the SM indicate that the performance of the procedure can be deferred.
EXAMINERS NOTE: APP-001-E2, RCP #1 SEAL LEAKOFF LO FLOW, alarms when the Bearing Oil Lift Pump is started.
This is because the pump start causes the B RCP shaft to be lifted affecting the #1 Seal on the B RCP, which will affect the #1 Seal Leakoff flows on the other RCPs.
The operator may address the APP, and may address AOP-018, Reactor Coolant Pump Abnormal Conditions. If so, a NOTE on the Entry Conditions to AOP-018 states that IF RCP#1 Seal Leakoff flow is below 1 gpm due to plant conditions known to affect leakoff flow, the SM may defer procedure entry provided the #1 Seal Leakoff flow remains above 0.8 gpm.
BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: IF RCP Oil Reservoir level annunciator is NOT EXTINGUISHED, THEN REFER to the appropriate Annunciator Procedure.
(Step 8.1.1.2.cc).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes that APP-001-E8, RCP B OIL RESERV HI/LO LVL, is EXTINGUISHED.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: NOTIFY RC that RCPs are to be started AND to monitor for changing radiological conditions.
(Step 8.1.1.2.dd). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts RC and makes notification.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As RC Supervisor, Acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Only one Reactor Coolant Pump is to be started at a time.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: WHEN the Brg Lift Pump has operated for a minimum of 2 minutes, CRITICAL THEN START the Reactor Coolant Pump. STEP (Step 8.1.1.2.ee).
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution, and proceeds.
The operator will make a plant announcement prior to starting the RCP.
___ UNSAT After 2 minutes with the Bearing Oil Lift Pump running, the operator places the B RCP Control Switch to the START position, and observes the Red status light is LIT and the Green status light is OFF.
The operator will observe FI-424 at 118%.
The operator will observe FI-425 at 118%.
The operator will observe FI-426 at 117%.
The operator will observe B RCP #1 Seal Leakoff on FR-154B to be 1.24 gpm.
The operator will observe RCS pressure on PR-444 to be 360 psig.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: WHEN a minimum of 50 seconds has elapsed since the Reactor Coolant Pump was started, THEN STOP the BRG LIFT PUMP.
(Step 8.1.1.2.ff).
___ SAT STANDARD: After a minimum of 50 seconds with the B RCP Running, the operator places the Bearing Oil Lift Pump Control Switch to the STOP position, and observes the Green status light is LIT and the
___ UNSAT Red status light is OFF.
The operator observes that that the LIFT PRESSURE status light is OFF.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
CAUTION: Do NOT Restore the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection to NORMAL until the Amber indicating light is Extinguished.
NOTE: The Degraded Grid Voltage keylock keys can NOT be removed from switches unless positioned to NORMAL.
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CRITICAL STEP 8: IF E-1 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to STEP NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows:
- Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT
- CHECK the amber E-1 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED.
- PLACE E-1 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT
- REMOVE key.
- IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.3, E-1 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification.
- ENSURE Relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following:
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVA-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVB-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for Relay 27/DVC-1 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-7).
STANDARD: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6.
The operator observes APP-010-F5, DEGRADED GRID E-1 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-1 to normal RFI EPSL007, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.gg.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time.
(Step 8.1.1.2.hh). ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided.
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: IF E-2 Degraded Grid Voltage Protection is to be returned to CRITICAL NORMAL, THEN RESTORE as follows: STEP
- Momentarily DEPRESS the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light cover AND CHECK the light ILLUMINATES. ___ SAT
- CHECK the amber E-2 DEGRADED GRID TRIP SIGNAL light is EXTINGUISHED.
- PLACE E-2 DEGRADED GRID VOLTAGE key switch to NORMAL. ___ UNSAT
- REMOVE key.
- IF all three RCPs have been placed in service, THEN NOTIFY I&C to perform Attachment 10.4, E-2 Defeat Switch Contact Position Verification.
- ENSURE relay 27 contacts are RESET by performing the following:
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVA-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVB-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
o DEPRESS the TARGET RESET pushbutton for relay 27/DVC-2 AND CHECK that the target flag indicates black.
- CHECK annunciator APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
(Step 8.1.1.2.ii).
STANDARD: The operator contacts AO and directs performance of Step 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6.
The operator observes APP-010-F6, DEGRADED GRID E-2 PROT BYPD, is EXTINGUISHED.
EXAMINERS CUE: If the operator asks the CRS about leaving the Degraded Grid Voltage Protection in effect until after the C RCP is started, direct the operator to continue with the procedure as written.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: When directed, return Degraded Grid Protection on Bus E-2 to normal RFI EPSL008, and report back as AO that Steps 8.1.1.2.ii.1-6 have been completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 14 of 16 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 11: IF an Action Statement has been entered due to bypassing Degraded Grid Protection, THEN NOTIFY the CRS/SM of exiting the Action Statement AND RECORD time. ___ SAT (Step 8.1.1.2.jj).
STANDARD: The operator records the time in the block provided.
___ UNSAT The operator informs the CRS that the LCO 3.3.5 Action Statement may be able to be exited.
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE BOOTH OPERATOR CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 15 of 16 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - Control Room JPM H NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- A plant startup is in progress in accordance with GP-002, Cold Shutdown to Hot Sub-Critical at No-Load Tavg.
- The A RCP is running.
- It is intended to start the B RCP next.
- Section 8.1 of OP-101, Reactor Coolant System and Reactor Coolant Pump Startup and Operation, has been completed through Step 8.1.1.2.y in preparation for starting the Reactor Coolant Pump.
- It is intended to bypass the Degraded Grid Protection prior to the RCP start and return it to service after the RCP is started per OP-101, and an AO is standing by to assist in this process.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to start the B Reactor Coolant Pump by continuing with Step 8.1.1.2.z of OP-101.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM I Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Locally Establish AFW Flow from JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-the SDAFW Pump and Control S/G Plant JPM I Levels and Pressures K/A
Reference:
EPE 055 EA2.01 (3.4/3.7)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power.
- EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented.
- Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%.
- Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig
- The SDAFW Pump has just been started.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Task Standard: The operator will control AFW flow to the Steam Generators and align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
General
References:
EOP-ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power), Rev 4 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 11 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank copy of Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because throttling the SDAFW Pump Discharge Valves is necessary to control AFW flow to the Steam Generators IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 3 This step is critical because closing IA-297 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 4 This step is critical because opening SDN-13 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 5 This step is critical because closing SDN-29 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 6 This step is critical because opening SDN-28 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
Step 7 This step is critical because opening IA-423 is necessary to align the Nitrogen System to the SG PORVs IAW Attachment 4 of EOP-ECA-0.0.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE Flashlights AND ANY handtools needed are located with AOP/EOP/DSP Tool Kits.
The S/G Wide Range level indicators LI607A2, LI607B2, AND LI607C2 located in the Secondary Control Panel are powered from PP50 AND should always be available. These channels are credited in the SBO Coping Analysis.
CRITICAL STEP 1: Locally THROTTLE The Steam Driven AFW Pump Discharge STEP Valve(s) At The Secondary Control Panel Area To Maintain S/G WR Levels Between 60% AND 67%.
- AFWV214A S/G A ___ SAT
- AFWV214B S/G B
- AFWV214C S/G C (Step 1) ___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
The operator depresses the AFWV214A, 14B and 14C de-clutch lever and rotates handwheel counterclockwise to increase feedwater flow or clockwise to decrease feedwater flow.
AS-FOUND: All three valves are CLOSED (Stems fully inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the three valves are operated, indicate that each valve has been De-Clutched and the handwheel rotated as needed to adjust feedwater flow When appropriate, indicate that each SG WR level is 64% and stable EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may request that a second operator observe SG WR levels while the remainder of the Attachment is completed COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OBSERVE NOTE Prior To Step 10 AND GO TO Step 10 (Step 2)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator proceeds to Step 10.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE IA297 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle at an elevation between the feed AND steam lines.
CRITICAL STEP 3: CLOSE IA297, HDR STOP TO PORV STATION & MSIVS STEP (Step 10)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator rotates the IA-297 handwheel in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn)
EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-297 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE corner of Pipe Jungle between the Feed & Steam lines elevation IA-297 is located in the overhead under a catwalk and the operator must climb an installed ladder, or proceed up the stairs to the top floor of the Turbine Building. However, the valve can be seen from below or above, and discussion of operation can take place from one of these two locations COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN13 is located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator.
STEP 4: OPEN SDN13, NITROGEN BACK UP SUPPLY CRITICAL (Step 11) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator rotates the SDN-13 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-13 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the Steam Dump Nitrogen Accumulator COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: SDN28 AND SDN29 are located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck.
STEP 5: UNLOCK AND CLOSE SDN29, STEAM LINE PORV NITROGEN CRITICAL B/U TO IA TELLTALE DRAIN STEP (Step 12)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-29 handwheel in the ___ UNSAT clockwise direction.
AS-FOUND: Locked OPEN (Stem Fully Withdrawn)
EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-29 handwheel will no longer turn in the clockwise direction and the stem is inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
STEP 6: UNLOCK AND OPEN SDN28, NITROGEN BACKUP TO STEAM CRITICAL LINE PORVS STEP (Step 13)
STANDARD: The operator unlocks and rotates the SDN-28 handwheel in the ___ SAT counter-clockwise direction.
AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: The SDN-28 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: IA423 is located at the southeast corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck.
STEP 7: UNLOCK AND OPEN IA423, NITROGEN TO STEAM LINE PORVS CRITICAL (Step 14) STEP STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
___ SAT The operator unlocks and rotates the IA-423 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS-FOUND: Locked CLOSED (Stem Fully Inserted)
EXAMINERS CUE: The IA-423 handwheel will no longer turn in the counter-clockwise direction and the stem is withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: Located at the SE Corner of the Pipe Jungle on the Mezzanine Deck COMMENTS:
STEP 8: NOTIFY The Control Room Of The Following:
- S/G level is under control locally ___ SAT
- The S/G Steam Line PORVs have N2 supplied for motive air (Step 15/15.a and b)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and makes the ___ UNSAT notifications.
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: As the CRS, acknowledge EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 11 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE: When MCC5 is energized, the Control Room will feed S/G A AND S/G C.
STEP 9: WHEN Notified From The Control Room, THEN FEED S/G B To 67%
S/G Wide Range Level AND SECURE Feeding (Step 16)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that this is a Continuous Action Step, and ___ UNSAT reports that the Attachment is complete.
AS-FOUND: NA EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM I NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The Plant has experienced a loss of onsite and offsite power.
- EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, has been implemented.
- Wide range levels in all three SGs are 55%.
- Steam Generator pressures are 1075 psig
- The SDAFW Pump has just been started.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to locally perform Attachment 4, Local Control Of S/G Level And Pressure, of EOP-ECA-0.0.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM J Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J (Rev_090915) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Respond to a Loss of Instrument Air JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J K/A
Reference:
065 AA1.04 (3.5.3.4)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered.
- The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled
- The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented.
Initiating Cue:
- The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed.
Task Standard: The operator will start IA Compressors A and B and align their discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
General
References:
AOP-017 (Loss of Instrument Air), Rev 43 OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of AOP-017.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 6 This step is critical because placing the IA Compressor A & B Control Switches in MANUAL is necessary to start IA Compressors A and B in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
Step 8 This step is critical because rotating the IA3665 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction is necessary to align the IA Compressors A and B discharge to supply air to the Instrument Air Header in accordance with Step 8 of AOP-017.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Candidate with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
NOTE IA3821 is located on IA Dryer D.
Operator Aid 97OP35 to supply Station Air to Instrument Air is located in the Aux Bldg hallway on the Station Air Receiver.
STEP 1: DISPATCH Operator(s) To Perform The Following:
CHECK Station Air Compressor Available For Service:
SA1, STATION AIR TO RECEIVER OPEN ___ SAT AND Station Air Compressor Function Switch ON (Step 8/8.a)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
The operator recognizes that SA-1 is OOS and proceeds to the RNO.
AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 2: OPEN SA1 AND PLACE the Station Air Compressor Function switch to ON.
IF the Station Air Compressor is still NOT available for service, THEN ___ SAT GO TO Step 8.d.
(Step 8.a RNO)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator recognizes that SA-1 cannot be opened nor can the SAC Function Switch be placed to ON, and proceeds to Step 8.d.
AS FOUND: SA-1 Red Tagged CLOSED, SAC Function Switch is Red tagged OFF (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 3: CHECK IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS OPEN (Step 8.d)
STANDARD: The operator observes IA-18, and (After Cue) proceeds to the Step ___ SAT 8.d RNO.
AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 4: OPEN IA18, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS.
(Step 8.d RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA-18 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: IA-18 stem is fully inserted (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened, indicate that the stem is fully withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 5: CHECK the following Compressors RUNNING
- INST AIR COMP A
- INST AIR COMP B ___ SAT (Step 8.e)
STANDARD: The operator observes the IA Compressor A Control Switch.
___ UNSAT The operator observes the IA Compressor B Control Switch.
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: START the following compressors: CRITICAL
- INST AIR COMP A STEP
- INST AIR COMP B (Step 8.e RNO)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator places the IA Compressor A Control Switch in MANUAL.
___ UNSAT The operator places the IA Compressor B Control Switch in MANUAL.
AS FOUND: Both IA Compressors are stopped, with their local control switches in AUTO (Cue as needed)
EXAMINERS CUE: After the IA Compressor Control Switches are placed in MANUAL indicate that the motor starts and the compressor is running EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 7: CHECK FCV1740, AIR DRYER HIGH DP FLOW CONTROL valve OPEN (Step 8.f)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator observes FCV-1740.
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be verified opened indicate the position indicator is down indicating closed.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: OPEN IA3665, AIR DRYER "A" & "B" BYPASS. CRITICAL (Step 8.f RNO) STEP STANDARD: The operator rotates the IA3665 handwheel in the counter- ___ SAT clockwise direction.
AS FOUND: CLOSED (Cue as needed) ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the valve would be opened indicate the valve has been rotated fully counter-clockwise (stem fully withdrawn)
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 9: OPEN IA3821, INSTRUMENT AIR DRYER "D" BYPASS (Step 8.g)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the Outside AO and directs that IA-3821 be OPENED. ___ SAT AS FOUND: NA
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: As the Outside AO, indicate that IA-3821 is OPEN.
EXAMINERS NOTE: IA-3821 is located on the D IA dryer.
COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM J NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- AOP-017, Loss Of Instrument Air, has been entered.
- The Station Air Compressor is under clearance and disassembled
- The Station Air Receiver is depressurized and vented.
INITIATING CUE:
- The Outside AO is standing by to assist as needed.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet In-Plant JPM K Developed By: Date:
Instructor/Developer Concurred By: Date:
Line Superintendent/Supervisor/SRO Approved By: Date:
Superintendent/Supervisor Training 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K (Rev_120315) NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 2 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet Facility: Robinson Task No.:
Task
Title:
Loss of North SW Header in the JPM No.: 2016 Systems - In-Auxiliary Building Plant JPM K K/A
Reference:
APE 062 AA2.01 (2.9/3.5)
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator: Date:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance: X Actual Performance:
Classroom Simulator Plant X READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
Initial Conditions:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header.
- The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Task Standard: The operator will isolate the intact SW header from the ruptured header, isolate the leak, and align cooling water to critical loads IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Required Materials: PPE (Hardhat, Safety Glasses, Hearing Protection, Safety Shoes etc.)
Laser pointer or flashlight General
References:
AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water), Rev 35 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 3 of 14 Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure Worksheet OMM-22 (Emergency Operating Procedures Users Guide), Rev 45 Plant Drawing G-190199 (Service & Cooling Water Flow Diagram) Rev 72 Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water, Rev 26 Handouts: Handout 1: Blank Copy of Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
Handout 2: Figure 9.2.1-1, Flow Diagram Service and Cooling Water.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 14 minutes Critical Step Justification Step 1 This step is critical because closing either SW-18 or SW-19 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header.
Step 2 This step is critical because closing SW-740 and SW-102 is necessary to isolate the ruptured header from intact header.
Step 4 This step is critical because placing Instrument Air Compressor B in OFF is necessary to prevent damage to the compressor.
Step 7 This step is critical because cross-connecting the Booster Pump Suction is necessary to isolate the leak and align cooling water to critical loads (SW-25 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak, SW-26 and SW-27 must be opened to supply cooling water to vital equipment, SW-503 must be closed to prevent reinitiating the leak and SW-200A must be opened to provide emergency make up to the IVSW Tank).
Step 9 This step is critical because Closing SW-53 and Opening SW-83 is necessary to align cooling water to critical loads (EDGs).
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 4 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION (Critical Steps are identified as such in right-hand column)
Provide Operator with Initial Conditions/Cue (Last Page of this JPM), and Handout 1.
START TIME:
CAUTION Electrically rated boots and gloves must be worn in the Auxiliary Building where flooding is in progress.
NOTE Dielectric rubber boots and low voltage electrical gloves are available in the AOP/DSP/EOP Equipment storage Locker inside the Auxiliary Building.
STEP 1: Close One Of The Following Valves In The Auxiliary Building CRITICAL Hallway : STEP
- SW-18, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated)
- SW-19, North & South Supply HDR X-Conn (Chain Operated)
(Step 1)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator pulls either the SW-18 or SW-19 chain operator to rotate valve handwheel in the clockwise direction, and observes the area for water.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Are Open EXAMINERS CUE: The operator reads the Caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator may enter the AO Office and view the Service Water P&ID. If so, Provide a copy of Handout 2.
After locating and describing how either valve would be closed then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full clockwise and the pointer indicates Closed.
IF asked if any water is observed on the ground in the AUX BLDG Hallway near the SW Booster Pumps, say YES.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The valve handwheels face opposite directions.
Ensure operator turns the selected handwheel via the chain in the proper direction.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 5 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION NOTE SW-102 is located overhead East of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support.
STEP 2: Close The Following Valves In The CCW Pump Room: CRITICAL STEP
- SW-740, CCW Heat Exchanger "B" Return
- SW-102, HVH-7B Supply (Step 2)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Note, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-740 and SW-102 handwheels in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: Both Valves Open (SW-740 Pointer Indicates POS 1 And SW-102 Stem Is Fully Withdrawn).
EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how both valves would be closed, indicate the valves have been rotated full clockwise, the SW-740 pointer indicates Closed and the SW-102 stem is fully inserted.
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-102 is located overhead east of CCW Pump B on top of horizontal header supported by adjustable pipe support.
SW-102 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room.
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 6 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 3: Notify Control Room Personnel That Steps 1 And 2 of Attachment 6 Are Complete (Step 3) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports Steps 1 and 2 of Attachment 6 are complete.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS then acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 4: Place Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch In The OFF CRITICAL Position STEP (Step 4)
STANDARD: The operator places the Instrument Air Compressor B Control Switch in OFF position
___ SAT AS FOUND: IA Compressor B Control Switch is in AUTO EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how the B IA compressor would be placed in OFF indicate the ___ UNSAT Control Sswitch has been rotated to the middle position OFF.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 7 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CAUTION Subsequent actions to cross-connect cooling water to plant components should not be performed if the leak will be reinitiated.
NOTE SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux Bldg, is located in Auxiliary Building hallway, midway between Instrument Air Dryers A and B, above third cable tray.
STEP 5: Check leak location - Downstream of SW-53.
(Step 5)
STANDARD: The operator reads the caution and Note, and proceeds.
The operator observes the area for water and determines (After ___ SAT Cue) leak is NOT Downstream of SW-53 and goes to step 5 RNO which goes to Step 9 AS FOUND: NONE ___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: WHEN asked for leak location, indicate the leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
EXAMINERS NOTE: The operator may refer to P&ID for Service Water or Operator Aid 03-OP-02 from AOP-022 book at IAO desk COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 8 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 6: Check Leak Location - Upstream of SW-25, North HDR Supply To SW Booster Pump (Step 9)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator determines the leak is upstream of SW-25.
AS FOUND: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: Leak location was provided in previous step.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE
- SW Booster Pump B may be operated as required after the suction path is established from the South Service Water Header.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 9 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 7: Cross-Connect SW Booster Pump Suction Supply As Follows: CRITICAL
- b. Open SW-26, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect
- c. Open SW-27, SW Booster Pump Suction Cross-Connect
- d. Close SW-503, SW Pump Supply To IVSW Tank
- e. Open SW-200A, SWBP "A" TO IVSW Tank Supply (Step 10) ___ SAT STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds.
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-25, and rotates the handwheel clockwise.
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-26, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise.
The operator rotates the T-handle locking device counter-clockwise on SW-27, and rotates the handwheel counter-clockwise.
The operator rotates the SW-503 handwheel clockwise.
The operator rotates the SW-200A handwheel counter-clockwise.
AS FOUND: SW-25 & SW-503, OPEN SW-26, SW-27 & SW-200A, CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated then indicate the selected valve has been rotated full counter-clockwise and the stem is fully withdrawn for the OPEN valves and rotated full clockwise with the stem fully inserted for the CLOSED valves SW-26 and 200A is located above the A SW Booster Pump.
SW-503 is located above the vent duct above the B SW Booster Pump, and requires a ladder.
EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 10 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 8: Notify Control Room Personnel That Step 10 Is Complete And SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply SW Booster Pump B (Step 11)
___ SAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports SW has been cross-connected to supply SW Booster Pump B.
___ UNSAT AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
NOTE
- SW-83, Diesel Supply Cross-Connect, is located at the North end of Emergency Diesel Generator A.
- Cross-connecting Service Water to the Emergency Diesel Generators will also cross-connect Service Water to HVH-6B, HVH-8B, and Instrument Air Compressor B.
- A ladder is required for access to SW-53, North Supply HDR To "B" TRN Components In Aux BLDG.
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 11 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 9: Cross-Connect Service Water Supply To EDGs AS Follows: CRITICAL STEP
- a. Close SW-53
- b. Open SW-83 (Step 12)
STANDARD: The operator reads the Notes, and proceeds. ___ SAT The operator rotates the SW-53 handwheel in the clockwise direction.
___ UNSAT The operator rotates the SW-83 handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
AS FOUND: SW-53 is OPEN, SW-83 is CLOSED EXAMINERS CUE: After locating and describing how each valve would be operated indicate that the SW-53 handwheel has been rotated full clockwise and the stem is fully inserted, and that the SW-83 handwheel has been rotated full counter-clockwise with the stem fully withdrawn.
EXAMINERS NOTE: SW-53 is located in the overhead will require a ladder to manipulate. A ladder is located on the south wall of the CCW Pump Room.
There is a label identifying the location of SW-53 on the vent duct above the walkway between the IA Dryers A and B.
SW-83 is located in the A EDG Vault Room. This room requires Control Room/WCCS permission to enter the room. The examiner will either need to get permission to enter, or open the door and observe the valve without entering the room (The valve can be seen from the open doorway).
COMMENTS:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 12 of 14 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION STEP 10: Notify Control Room Personnel That SW Has Been Cross-Connected To Supply The Following Equipment:
- EDG B
- Instrument Air Compressor B ___ SAT
- HVH-6B
- HVH-8B (Step 13)
___ UNSAT STANDARD: The operator contacts the Control Room and reports that SW has been cross-connected to supply the above equipment AS FOUND: NONE EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge the report from the operator EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
STEP 11: Notify Control Room Personnel That Attachment 6 Is Complete (Step 14)
STANDARD: The operator contacts the control room and reports that Attachment ___ SAT 6 is complete AS FOUND: NONE
___ UNSAT EXAMINERS CUE: When contacted, as CRS acknowledge that Attachment 6 is complete EXAMINERS NOTE: NONE COMMENTS:
Terminating Cue: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
STOP TIME:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Page 13 of 14 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K Examinees Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiners Signature: Date:
2016 Systems - In-Plant JPM K NUREG 1021, Revision 10
Appendix C Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- The plant is at 100% power.
- The Control Room has implemented AOP-022 (Loss of Service Water) for a leak in the North header.
- The leak is located upstream of SW-503, SW Pump Supply to IVSW Tank, right next to the valve.
INITIATING CUE: The CRS has directed you to perform the local subsequent actions IAW Attachment 6 of AOP-022.
NOTE: No plant equipment should be operated during the performance of this JPM. All actions must be SIMULATED.
NUREG 1021, Revision 10